github/rclone
1
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/rclone/rclone synced 2024-11-26 04:07:22 +01:00
Code Releases Activity

Version v1.58.0

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Nick Craig-Wood 2022-03-18 12:29:54 +00:00
parent ff1f173fc2
commit f9354fff2f
77 changed files with 30304 additions and 13591 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

5215
MANUAL.html generated
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

5610
MANUAL.md generated
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7516
MANUAL.txt generated
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4
docs/content/alias.md
View File

@ -99,9 +99,11 @@ Remote or path to alias.
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path". Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
Properties:
- Config: remote - Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE - Env Var: RCLONE_ALIAS_REMOTE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
{{< rem autogenerated options stop >}} {{< rem autogenerated options stop >}}

32
docs/content/amazonclouddrive.md
View File

@ -168,10 +168,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --acd-client-secret #### --acd-client-secret
@ -179,10 +181,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -192,10 +196,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --acd-auth-url #### --acd-auth-url
@ -203,10 +209,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --acd-token-url #### --acd-token-url
@ -214,19 +222,23 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --acd-checkpoint #### --acd-checkpoint
Checkpoint for internal polling (debug). Checkpoint for internal polling (debug).
Properties:
- Config: checkpoint - Config: checkpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CHECKPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_CHECKPOINT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --acd-upload-wait-per-gb #### --acd-upload-wait-per-gb
@ -252,6 +264,8 @@ of big files for a range of file sizes.
Upload with the "-v" flag to see more info about what rclone is doing Upload with the "-v" flag to see more info about what rclone is doing
in this situation. in this situation.
Properties:
- Config: upload_wait_per_gb - Config: upload_wait_per_gb
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_UPLOAD_WAIT_PER_GB - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_UPLOAD_WAIT_PER_GB
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -270,6 +284,8 @@ To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a "tempLink"
which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the
underlying S3 storage. underlying S3 storage.
Properties:
- Config: templink_threshold - Config: templink_threshold
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TEMPLINK_THRESHOLD - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_TEMPLINK_THRESHOLD
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -277,10 +293,12 @@ underlying S3 storage.
#### --acd-encoding #### --acd-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

97
docs/content/azureblob.md
View File

@ -166,10 +166,12 @@ Storage Account Name.
Leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator. Leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator.
Properties:
- Config: account - Config: account
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCOUNT - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCOUNT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-service-principal-file #### --azureblob-service-principal-file
@ -185,10 +187,12 @@ Leave blank normally. Needed only if you want to use a service principal instead
See ["Create an Azure service principal"](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/create-an-azure-service-principal-azure-cli) and ["Assign an Azure role for access to blob data"](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-auth-aad-rbac-cli) pages for more details. See ["Create an Azure service principal"](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/create-an-azure-service-principal-azure-cli) and ["Assign an Azure role for access to blob data"](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-auth-aad-rbac-cli) pages for more details.
Properties:
- Config: service_principal_file - Config: service_principal_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-key #### --azureblob-key
@ -196,10 +200,12 @@ Storage Account Key.
Leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator. Leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator.
Properties:
- Config: key - Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-sas-url #### --azureblob-sas-url
@ -207,10 +213,12 @@ SAS URL for container level access only.
Leave blank if using account/key or Emulator. Leave blank if using account/key or Emulator.
Properties:
- Config: sas_url - Config: sas_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SAS_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_SAS_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-use-msi #### --azureblob-use-msi
@ -225,6 +233,8 @@ the user-assigned identity will be used by default. If the resource has multiple
identities, the identity to use must be explicitly specified using exactly one of the msi_object_id, identities, the identity to use must be explicitly specified using exactly one of the msi_object_id,
msi_client_id, or msi_mi_res_id parameters. msi_client_id, or msi_mi_res_id parameters.
Properties:
- Config: use_msi - Config: use_msi
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_MSI - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_MSI
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -236,6 +246,8 @@ Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true'.
Leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint. Leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint.
Properties:
- Config: use_emulator - Config: use_emulator
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_EMULATOR - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_USE_EMULATOR
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -251,10 +263,12 @@ Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.
Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_mi_res_id specified. Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_mi_res_id specified.
Properties:
- Config: msi_object_id - Config: msi_object_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_OBJECT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_OBJECT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-msi-client-id #### --azureblob-msi-client-id
@ -262,10 +276,12 @@ Object ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.
Leave blank if msi_object_id or msi_mi_res_id specified. Leave blank if msi_object_id or msi_mi_res_id specified.
Properties:
- Config: msi_client_id - Config: msi_client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-msi-mi-res-id #### --azureblob-msi-mi-res-id
@ -273,10 +289,12 @@ Azure resource ID of the user-assigned MSI to use, if any.
Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_object_id specified. Leave blank if msi_client_id or msi_object_id specified.
Properties:
- Config: msi_mi_res_id - Config: msi_mi_res_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_MI_RES_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MSI_MI_RES_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-endpoint #### --azureblob-endpoint
@ -284,32 +302,65 @@ Endpoint for the service.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENDPOINT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-upload-cutoff #### --azureblob-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256 MiB) (deprecated). Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256 MiB) (deprecated).
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-chunk-size #### --azureblob-chunk-size
Upload chunk size (<= 100 MiB). Upload chunk size.
Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to
"--transfers" chunks stored at once in memory. "--transfers" * "--azureblob-upload-concurrency" chunks stored at once
in memory.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
- Default: 4Mi - Default: 4Mi
#### --azureblob-upload-concurrency
Concurrency for multipart uploads.
This is the number of chunks of the same file that are uploaded
concurrently.
If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed
links and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then
increasing this may help to speed up the transfers.
In tests, upload speed increases almost linearly with upload
concurrency. For example to fill a gigabit pipe it may be necessary to
raise this to 64. Note that this will use more memory.
Note that chunks are stored in memory and there may be up to
"--transfers" * "--azureblob-upload-concurrency" chunks stored at once
in memory.
Properties:
- Config: upload_concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int
- Default: 16
#### --azureblob-list-chunk #### --azureblob-list-chunk
Size of blob list. Size of blob list.
@ -322,6 +373,8 @@ minutes per megabyte on average, it will time out (
). This can be used to limit the number of blobs items to return, to ). This can be used to limit the number of blobs items to return, to
avoid the time out. avoid the time out.
Properties:
- Config: list_chunk - Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_LIST_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -342,10 +395,12 @@ If blobs are in "archive tier" at remote, trying to perform data transfer
operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by operations from remote will not be allowed. User should first restore by
tiering blob to "Hot" or "Cool". tiering blob to "Hot" or "Cool".
Properties:
- Config: access_tier - Config: access_tier
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --azureblob-archive-tier-delete #### --azureblob-archive-tier-delete
@ -364,6 +419,8 @@ replacement. This has the potential for data loss if the upload fails
archive tier blobs early may be chargable. archive tier blobs early may be chargable.
Properties:
- Config: archive_tier_delete - Config: archive_tier_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ARCHIVE_TIER_DELETE - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ARCHIVE_TIER_DELETE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -378,6 +435,8 @@ uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
to start uploading. to start uploading.
Properties:
- Config: disable_checksum - Config: disable_checksum
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -390,6 +449,8 @@ How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations. Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations.
This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool. This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
Properties:
- Config: memory_pool_flush_time - Config: memory_pool_flush_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -399,6 +460,8 @@ This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool. Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
Properties:
- Config: memory_pool_use_mmap - Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -406,10 +469,12 @@ Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
#### --azureblob-encoding #### --azureblob-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder
@ -419,10 +484,12 @@ See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Public access level of a container: blob or container. Public access level of a container: blob or container.
Properties:
- Config: public_access - Config: public_access
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_PUBLIC_ACCESS - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_PUBLIC_ACCESS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- The container and its blobs can be accessed only with an authorized request. - The container and its blobs can be accessed only with an authorized request.
@ -436,6 +503,8 @@ Public access level of a container: blob or container.
If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects. If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects.
Properties:
- Config: no_head_object - Config: no_head_object
- Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_NO_HEAD_OBJECT - Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_NO_HEAD_OBJECT
- Type: bool - Type: bool

50
docs/content/b2.md
View File

@ -329,24 +329,30 @@ Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
Account ID or Application Key ID. Account ID or Application Key ID.
Properties:
- Config: account - Config: account
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ACCOUNT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --b2-key #### --b2-key
Application Key. Application Key.
Properties:
- Config: key - Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --b2-hard-delete #### --b2-hard-delete
Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files. Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
Properties:
- Config: hard_delete - Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -362,10 +368,12 @@ Endpoint for the service.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENDPOINT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --b2-test-mode #### --b2-test-mode
@ -381,10 +389,12 @@ below will cause b2 to return specific errors:
These will be set in the "X-Bz-Test-Mode" header which is documented These will be set in the "X-Bz-Test-Mode" header which is documented
in the [b2 integrations checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html). in the [b2 integrations checklist](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html).
Properties:
- Config: test_mode - Config: test_mode
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_TEST_MODE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --b2-versions #### --b2-versions
@ -393,6 +403,8 @@ Include old versions in directory listings.
Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted, Note that when using this no file write operations are permitted,
so you can't upload files or delete them. so you can't upload files or delete them.
Properties:
- Config: versions - Config: versions
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_VERSIONS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -406,6 +418,8 @@ Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of "--b2-chunk-size".
This value should be set no larger than 4.657 GiB (== 5 GB). This value should be set no larger than 4.657 GiB (== 5 GB).
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -420,6 +434,8 @@ copied in chunks of this size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 4.6 GiB. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 4.6 GiB.
Properties:
- Config: copy_cutoff - Config: copy_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_COPY_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_COPY_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -436,6 +452,8 @@ might a maximum of "--transfers" chunks in progress at once.
5,000,000 Bytes is the minimum size. 5,000,000 Bytes is the minimum size.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -450,6 +468,8 @@ uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
to start uploading. to start uploading.
Properties:
- Config: disable_checksum - Config: disable_checksum
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -466,10 +486,20 @@ If the custom endpoint rewrites the requests for authentication,
e.g., in Cloudflare Workers, this header needs to be handled properly. e.g., in Cloudflare Workers, this header needs to be handled properly.
Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze. Leave blank if you want to use the endpoint provided by Backblaze.
The URL provided here SHOULD have the protocol and SHOULD NOT have
a trailing slash or specify the /file/bucket subpath as rclone will
request files with "{download_url}/file/{bucket_name}/{path}".
Example:
> https://mysubdomain.mydomain.tld
(No trailing "/", "file" or "bucket")
Properties:
- Config: download_url - Config: download_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --b2-download-auth-duration #### --b2-download-auth-duration
@ -478,6 +508,8 @@ Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d.
The duration before the download authorization token will expire. The duration before the download authorization token will expire.
The minimum value is 1 second. The maximum value is one week. The minimum value is 1 second. The maximum value is one week.
Properties:
- Config: download_auth_duration - Config: download_auth_duration
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_AUTH_DURATION - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DOWNLOAD_AUTH_DURATION
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -489,6 +521,8 @@ How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations. Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations.
This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool. This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
Properties:
- Config: memory_pool_flush_time - Config: memory_pool_flush_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -498,6 +532,8 @@ This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool. Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
Properties:
- Config: memory_pool_use_mmap - Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -505,10 +541,12 @@ Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
#### --b2-encoding #### --b2-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

46
docs/content/box.md
View File

@ -275,10 +275,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-client-secret #### --box-client-secret
@ -286,10 +288,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-box-config-file #### --box-box-config-file
@ -299,10 +303,12 @@ Leave blank normally.
Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`. Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`.
Properties:
- Config: box_config_file - Config: box_config_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_CONFIG_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_CONFIG_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-access-token #### --box-access-token
@ -310,15 +316,19 @@ Box App Primary Access Token
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: access_token - Config: access_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ACCESS_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ACCESS_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-box-sub-type #### --box-box-sub-type
Properties:
- Config: box_sub_type - Config: box_sub_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_SUB_TYPE - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_BOX_SUB_TYPE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -337,10 +347,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-auth-url #### --box-auth-url
@ -348,10 +360,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-token-url #### --box-token-url
@ -359,15 +373,19 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-root-folder-id #### --box-root-folder-id
Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point. Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
Properties:
- Config: root_folder_id - Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -377,6 +395,8 @@ Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50 MiB). Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50 MiB).
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -386,6 +406,8 @@ Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50 MiB).
Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.
Properties:
- Config: commit_retries - Config: commit_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_COMMIT_RETRIES
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -395,6 +417,8 @@ Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.
Size of listing chunk 1-1000. Size of listing chunk 1-1000.
Properties:
- Config: list_chunk - Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_LIST_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -404,17 +428,21 @@ Size of listing chunk 1-1000.
Only show items owned by the login (email address) passed in. Only show items owned by the login (email address) passed in.
Properties:
- Config: owned_by - Config: owned_by
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_OWNED_BY - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_OWNED_BY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --box-encoding #### --box-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

58
docs/content/cache.md
View File

@ -316,28 +316,34 @@ Remote to cache.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, e.g. "myremote:path/to/dir", Normally should contain a ':' and a path, e.g. "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended). "myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
Properties:
- Config: remote - Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_REMOTE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --cache-plex-url #### --cache-plex-url
The URL of the Plex server. The URL of the Plex server.
Properties:
- Config: plex_url - Config: plex_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --cache-plex-username #### --cache-plex-username
The username of the Plex user. The username of the Plex user.
Properties:
- Config: plex_username - Config: plex_username
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_USERNAME
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --cache-plex-password #### --cache-plex-password
@ -345,10 +351,12 @@ The password of the Plex user.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: plex_password - Config: plex_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --cache-chunk-size #### --cache-chunk-size
@ -358,6 +366,8 @@ Use lower numbers for slower connections. If the chunk size is
changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path changed, any downloaded chunks will be invalid and cache-chunk-path
will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur. will need to be cleared or unexpected EOF errors will occur.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -376,6 +386,8 @@ How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, tim
If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make If all write operations are done through the cache then you can safely make
this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time. this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.
Properties:
- Config: info_age - Config: info_age
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_INFO_AGE
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -395,6 +407,8 @@ The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk.
If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the If the cache exceeds this value then it will start to delete the
oldest chunks until it goes under this value. oldest chunks until it goes under this value.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_total_size - Config: chunk_total_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_TOTAL_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -415,19 +429,23 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
The plex token for authentication - auto set normally. The plex token for authentication - auto set normally.
Properties:
- Config: plex_token - Config: plex_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --cache-plex-insecure #### --cache-plex-insecure
Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server. Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server.
Properties:
- Config: plex_insecure - Config: plex_insecure
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --cache-db-path #### --cache-db-path
@ -435,6 +453,8 @@ Directory to store file structure metadata DB.
The remote name is used as the DB file name. The remote name is used as the DB file name.
Properties:
- Config: db_path - Config: db_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PATH
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -451,6 +471,8 @@ This config follows the "--cache-db-path". If you specify a custom
location for "--cache-db-path" and don't specify one for "--cache-chunk-path" location for "--cache-db-path" and don't specify one for "--cache-chunk-path"
then "--cache-chunk-path" will use the same path as "--cache-db-path". then "--cache-chunk-path" will use the same path as "--cache-db-path".
Properties:
- Config: chunk_path - Config: chunk_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_PATH
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -460,6 +482,8 @@ then "--cache-chunk-path" will use the same path as "--cache-db-path".
Clear all the cached data for this remote on start. Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
Properties:
- Config: db_purge - Config: db_purge
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_PURGE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -473,6 +497,8 @@ The default value should be ok for most people. If you find that the
cache goes over "cache-chunk-total-size" too often then try to lower cache goes over "cache-chunk-total-size" too often then try to lower
this value to force it to perform cleanups more often. this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_clean_interval - Config: chunk_clean_interval
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_CLEAN_INTERVAL
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -490,6 +516,8 @@ cache isn't able to provide file data anymore.
For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is
able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering. able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.
Properties:
- Config: read_retries - Config: read_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_READ_RETRIES
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -509,6 +537,8 @@ more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.
setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value
specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use. specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use.
Properties:
- Config: workers - Config: workers
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WORKERS
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -531,6 +561,8 @@ If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better
performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not
available on the local machine. available on the local machine.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_no_memory - Config: chunk_no_memory
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_CHUNK_NO_MEMORY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -556,6 +588,8 @@ useless but it is available to set for more special cases.
other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will
still pass. still pass.
Properties:
- Config: rps - Config: rps
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_RPS - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_RPS
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -569,6 +603,8 @@ If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through
cache you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the cache you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the
cache store at the same time during upload. cache store at the same time during upload.
Properties:
- Config: writes - Config: writes
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_WRITES
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -585,10 +621,12 @@ Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is
completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud
provider provider
Properties:
- Config: tmp_upload_path - Config: tmp_upload_path
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_UPLOAD_PATH
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --cache-tmp-wait-time #### --cache-tmp-wait-time
@ -600,6 +638,8 @@ _cache-tmp-upload-path_ before it is selected for upload.
Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer
to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose. to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.
Properties:
- Config: tmp_wait_time - Config: tmp_wait_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_TMP_WAIT_TIME
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -615,6 +655,8 @@ error.
If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever. If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
Properties:
- Config: db_wait_time - Config: db_wait_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME - Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -634,7 +676,7 @@ See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments. info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command). [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### stats ### stats

132
docs/content/changelog.md
View File

@ -5,6 +5,138 @@ description: "Rclone Changelog"
# Changelog # Changelog
## v1.58.0 - 2022-03-18
[See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.57.0...v1.58.0)
* New backends
* [Akamai Netstorage](/netstorage) (Nil Alexandrov)
* [Seagate Lyve](/s3/#lyve), [SeaweedFS](/s3/#seaweedfs), [Storj](/s3/#storj), [RackCorp](/s3/#RackCorp) via s3 backend
* [Storj](/storj/) (renamed from Tardigrade - your old config files will continue working)
* New commands
* [bisync](/bisync/) - experimental bidirectional cloud sync (Ivan Andreev, Chris Nelson)
* New Features
* build
* Add `windows/arm64` build (`rclone mount` not supported yet) (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Raise minimum go version to go1.15 (Nick Craig-Wood)
* config: Allow dot in remote names and improve config editing (albertony)
* dedupe: Add quit as a choice in interactive mode (albertony)
* dlna: Change icons to the newest ones. (Alain Nussbaumer)
* filter: Add [`{{ regexp }}` syntax](/filtering/#regexp) to pattern matches (Nick Craig-Wood)
* fshttp: Add prometheus metrics for HTTP status code (Michał Matczuk)
* hashsum: Support creating hash from data received on stdin (albertony)
* librclone
* Allow empty string or null input instead of empty json object (albertony)
* Add support for mount commands (albertony)
* operations: Add server-side moves to stats (Ole Frost)
* rc: Allow user to disable authentication for web gui (negative0)
* tree: Remove obsolete `--human` replaced by global `--human-readable` (albertony)
* version: Report correct friendly-name for newer Windows 10/11 versions (albertony)
* Bug Fixes
* build
* Fix ARM architecture version in .deb packages after nfpm change (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Hard fork `github.com/jlaffaye/ftp` to fix `go get github.com/rclone/rclone` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* oauthutil: Fix crash when webrowser requests `/robots.txt` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* operations: Fix goroutine leak in case of copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
* rc:
* Fix `operations/publiclink` default for `expires` parameter (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix missing computation of `transferQueueSize` when summing up statistics group (Carlo Mion)
* Fix missing `StatsInfo` fields in the computation of the group sum (Carlo Mion)
* sync: Fix `--max-duration` so it doesn't retry when the duration is exceeded (Nick Craig-Wood)
* touch: Fix issue where a directory is created instead of a file (albertony)
* Mount
* Add `--devname` to set the device name sent to FUSE for mount display (Nick Craig-Wood)
* VFS
* Add `vfs/stats` remote control to show statistics (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix `failed to _ensure cache internal error: downloaders is nil error` (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix handling of special characters in file names (Bumsu Hyeon)
* Local
* Fix hash invalidation which caused errors with local crypt mount (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Crypt
* Add `base64` and `base32768` filename encoding options (Max Sum, Sinan Tan)
* Azure Blob
* Implement `--azureblob-upload-concurrency` parameter to speed uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Remove 100MB upper limit on `chunk_size` as it is no longer needed (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Raise `--azureblob-upload-concurrency` to 16 by default (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix crash with SAS URL and no container (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Compress
* Fix crash if metadata upload failed (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix memory leak (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Drive
* Added `--drive-copy-shortcut-content` (Abhiraj)
* Disable OAuth OOB flow (copy a token) due to Google deprecation (Nick Craig-Wood)
* See [the deprecation note](https://developers.googleblog.com/2022/02/making-oauth-flows-safer.html#disallowed-oob).
* Add `--drive-skip-dangling-shortcuts` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
* When using a link type `--drive-export-formats` shows all doc types (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Dropbox
* Speed up directory listings by specifying 1000 items in a chunk (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Save an API request when at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fichier
* Implemented About functionality (Gourav T)
* FTP
* Add `--ftp-ask-password` to prompt for password when needed (Borna Butkovic)
* Google Cloud Storage
* Add missing regions (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Disable OAuth OOB flow (copy a token) due to Google deprecation (Nick Craig-Wood)
* See [the deprecation note](https://developers.googleblog.com/2022/02/making-oauth-flows-safer.html#disallowed-oob).
* Googlephotos
* Disable OAuth OOB flow (copy a token) due to Google deprecation (Nick Craig-Wood)
* See [the deprecation note](https://developers.googleblog.com/2022/02/making-oauth-flows-safer.html#disallowed-oob).
* Hasher
* Fix crash on object not found (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Hdfs
* Add file (Move) and directory move (DirMove) support (Andy Jackson)
* HTTP
* Improved recognition of URL pointing to a single file (albertony)
* Jottacloud
* Change API used by recursive list (ListR) (Kim)
* Add support for Tele2 Cloud (Fredric Arklid)
* Koofr
* Add Digistorage service as a Koofr provider. (jaKa)
* Mailru
* Fix int32 overflow on arm32 (Ivan Andreev)
* Onedrive
* Add config option for oauth scope `Sites.Read.All` (Charlie Jiang)
* Minor optimization of quickxorhash (Isaac Levy)
* Add `--onedrive-root-folder-id` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Do not retry on `400 pathIsTooLong` error (ctrl-q)
* Pcloud
* Add support for recursive list (ListR) (Niels van de Weem)
* Fix pre-1970 time stamps (Nick Craig-Wood)
* S3
* Use `ListObjectsV2` for faster listings (Felix Bünemann)
* Fallback to `ListObject` v1 on unsupported providers (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Use the `ETag` on multipart transfers to verify the transfer was OK (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add `--s3-use-multipart-etag` provider quirk to disable this on unsupported providers (Nick Craig-Wood)
* New Providers
* RackCorp object storage (bbabich)
* Seagate Lyve Cloud storage (Nick Craig-Wood)
* SeaweedFS (Chris Lu)
* Storj Shared gateways (Márton Elek, Nick Craig-Wood)
* Add Wasabi AP Northeast 2 endpoint info (lindwurm)
* Add `GLACIER_IR` storage class (Yunhai Luo)
* Document `Content-MD5` workaround for object-lock enabled buckets (Paulo Martins)
* Fix multipart upload with `--no-head` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Simplify content length processing in s3 with download url (Logeshwaran Murugesan)
* SFTP
* Add rclone to list of supported `md5sum`/`sha1sum` commands to look for (albertony)
* Refactor so we only have one way of running remote commands (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix timeout on hashing large files by sending keepalives (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix unecessary seeking when uploading and downloading files (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Update docs on how to create `known_hosts` file (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Storj
* Rename tardigrade backend to storj backend (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Implement server side Move for files (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Update docs to explain differences between s3 and this backend (Elek, Márton)
* Swift
* Fix About so it shows info about the current container only (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Union
* Fix treatment of remotes with `//` in (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix deadlock when one part of a multi-upload fails (Nick Craig-Wood)
* Fix eplus policy returned nil (Vitor Arruda)
* Yandex
* Add permanent deletion support (deinferno)
## v1.57.0 - 2021-11-01 ## v1.57.0 - 2021-11-01
[See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.56.0...v1.57.0) [See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.56.0...v1.57.0)

18
docs/content/chunker.md
View File

@ -322,15 +322,19 @@ Remote to chunk/unchunk.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, e.g. "myremote:path/to/dir", Normally should contain a ':' and a path, e.g. "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended). "myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
Properties:
- Config: remote - Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_REMOTE - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_REMOTE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --chunker-chunk-size #### --chunker-chunk-size
Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -342,6 +346,8 @@ Choose how chunker handles hash sums.
All modes but "none" require metadata. All modes but "none" require metadata.
Properties:
- Config: hash_type - Config: hash_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_HASH_TYPE - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_HASH_TYPE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -378,6 +384,8 @@ If chunk number has less digits than the number of hashes, it is left-padded by
If there are more digits in the number, they are left as is. If there are more digits in the number, they are left as is.
Possible chunk files are ignored if their name does not match given format. Possible chunk files are ignored if their name does not match given format.
Properties:
- Config: name_format - Config: name_format
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_NAME_FORMAT - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_NAME_FORMAT
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -389,6 +397,8 @@ Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1.
By default chunk numbers start from 1. By default chunk numbers start from 1.
Properties:
- Config: start_from - Config: start_from
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_START_FROM - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_START_FROM
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -401,6 +411,8 @@ Format of the metadata object or "none".
By default "simplejson". By default "simplejson".
Metadata is a small JSON file named after the composite file. Metadata is a small JSON file named after the composite file.
Properties:
- Config: meta_format - Config: meta_format
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_META_FORMAT - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_META_FORMAT
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -418,6 +430,8 @@ Metadata is a small JSON file named after the composite file.
Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks. Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
Properties:
- Config: fail_hard - Config: fail_hard
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_FAIL_HARD - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_FAIL_HARD
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -432,6 +446,8 @@ Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
Choose how chunker should handle temporary files during transactions. Choose how chunker should handle temporary files during transactions.
Properties:
- Config: transactions - Config: transactions
- Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_TRANSACTIONS - Env Var: RCLONE_CHUNKER_TRANSACTIONS
- Type: string - Type: string

3
docs/content/commands/rclone.md
View File

@ -36,7 +36,8 @@ See the [global flags page](/flags/) for global options not listed here.
* [rclone about](/commands/rclone_about/) - Get quota information from the remote. * [rclone about](/commands/rclone_about/) - Get quota information from the remote.
* [rclone authorize](/commands/rclone_authorize/) - Remote authorization. * [rclone authorize](/commands/rclone_authorize/) - Remote authorization.
* [rclone backend](/commands/rclone_backend/) - Run a backend specific command. * [rclone backend](/commands/rclone_backend/) - Run a backend-specific command.
* [rclone bisync](/commands/rclone_bisync/) - Perform bidirectonal synchronization between two paths.
* [rclone cat](/commands/rclone_cat/) - Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout. * [rclone cat](/commands/rclone_cat/) - Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
* [rclone check](/commands/rclone_check/) - Checks the files in the source and destination match. * [rclone check](/commands/rclone_check/) - Checks the files in the source and destination match.
* [rclone checksum](/commands/rclone_checksum/) - Checks the files in the source against a SUM file. * [rclone checksum](/commands/rclone_checksum/) - Checks the files in the source against a SUM file.

2
docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md
View File

@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Applying a `--full` flag to the command prints the bytes in full, e.g.
Trashed: 104857602 Trashed: 104857602
Other: 8849156022 Other: 8849156022
A `--json` flag generates conveniently computer readable output, e.g. A `--json` flag generates conveniently machine-readable output, e.g.
{ {
"total": 18253611008, "total": 18253611008,

10
docs/content/commands/rclone_backend.md
View File

@ -1,18 +1,18 @@
--- ---
title: "rclone backend" title: "rclone backend"
description: "Run a backend specific command." description: "Run a backend-specific command."
slug: rclone_backend slug: rclone_backend
url: /commands/rclone_backend/ url: /commands/rclone_backend/
# autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/backend/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs" # autogenerated - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit the source code in cmd/backend/ and as part of making a release run "make commanddocs"
--- ---
# rclone backend # rclone backend
Run a backend specific command. Run a backend-specific command.
## Synopsis ## Synopsis
This runs a backend specific command. The commands themselves (except This runs a backend-specific command. The commands themselves (except
for "help" and "features") are defined by the backends and you should for "help" and "features") are defined by the backends and you should
see the backend docs for definitions. see the backend docs for definitions.
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
rclone backend help <backendname> rclone backend help <backendname>
You can also discover information about the backend using (see You can also discover information about the backend using (see
[operations/fsinfo](/rc/#operations/fsinfo) in the remote control docs [operations/fsinfo](/rc/#operations-fsinfo) in the remote control docs
for more info). for more info).
rclone backend features remote: rclone backend features remote:
@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3 rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
Note to run these commands on a running backend then see Note to run these commands on a running backend then see
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command) in the rc docs. [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command) in the rc docs.
``` ```

2
docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md
View File

@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Checks the files in the source and destination match.
Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares
sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don't sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files that don't
match. It doesn't alter the source or destination. match. It doesn't alter the source or destination.
If you supply the `--size-only` flag, it will only compare the sizes not If you supply the `--size-only` flag, it will only compare the sizes not

7
docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Create a new remote with name, type and options.
Create a new remote of `name` with `type` and options. The options Create a new remote of `name` with `type` and options. The options
should be passed in pairs of `key` `value` or as `key=value`. should be passed in pairs of `key` `value` or as `key=value`.
For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config For example, to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
you would do: you would do:
rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true
@ -107,9 +107,8 @@ At the end of the non interactive process, rclone will return a result
with `State` as empty string. with `State` as empty string.
If `--all` is passed then rclone will ask all the config questions, If `--all` is passed then rclone will ask all the config questions,
not just the post config questions. Parameters that are supplied on not just the post config questions. Any parameters are used as
the command line or from environment variables are used as defaults defaults for questions as usual.
for questions as usual.
Note that `bin/config.py` in the rclone source implements this protocol Note that `bin/config.py` in the rclone source implements this protocol
as a readable demonstration. as a readable demonstration.

2
docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md
View File

@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Update an existing remote's password. The password
should be passed in pairs of `key` `password` or as `key=password`. should be passed in pairs of `key` `password` or as `key=password`.
The `password` should be passed in in clear (unobscured). The `password` should be passed in in clear (unobscured).
For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do: For example, to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword
rclone config password myremote fieldname=mypassword rclone config password myremote fieldname=mypassword

2
docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Update options in an existing remote.
Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in
pairs of `key` `value` or as `key=value`. pairs of `key` `value` or as `key=value`.
For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote For example, to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote
you would do: you would do:
rclone config update myremote env_auth true rclone config update myremote env_auth true

14
docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md
View File

@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ name. It will do this iteratively until all the identically named
directories have been merged. directories have been merged.
Next, if deduping by name, for every group of duplicate file names / Next, if deduping by name, for every group of duplicate file names /
hashes, it will delete all but one identical files it finds without hashes, it will delete all but one identical file it finds without
confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the `dedupe` command will not be interactive. confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the `dedupe` command will not be interactive.
`dedupe` considers files to be identical if they have the `dedupe` considers files to be identical if they have the
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ identical if they have the same size (any hash will be ignored). This
can be useful on crypt backends which do not support hashes. can be useful on crypt backends which do not support hashes.
Next rclone will resolve the remaining duplicates. Exactly which Next rclone will resolve the remaining duplicates. Exactly which
action is taken depends on the dedupe mode. By default rclone will action is taken depends on the dedupe mode. By default, rclone will
interactively query the user for each one. interactively query the user for each one.
**Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the **Important**: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
@ -74,8 +74,7 @@ Now the `dedupe` session
s) Skip and do nothing s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step) k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg) r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
q) Quit s/k/r> k
s/k/r/q> k
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1 Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
two.txt: Found 3 files with duplicate names two.txt: Found 3 files with duplicate names
@ -86,8 +85,7 @@ Now the `dedupe` session
s) Skip and do nothing s) Skip and do nothing
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step) k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg) r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
q) Quit s/k/r> r
s/k/r/q> r
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt
@ -112,7 +110,7 @@ Dedupe can be run non interactively using the `--dedupe-mode` flag or by using a
* `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different. * `--dedupe-mode rename` - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.
* `--dedupe-mode list` - lists duplicate dirs and files only and changes nothing. * `--dedupe-mode list` - lists duplicate dirs and files only and changes nothing.
For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do For example, to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do
rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos" rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"
@ -128,7 +126,7 @@ rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
## Options ## Options
``` ```
--by-hash Find indentical hashes rather than names --by-hash Find identical hashes rather than names
--dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename (default "interactive") --dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename (default "interactive")
-h, --help help for dedupe -h, --help help for dedupe
``` ```

5
docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md
View File

@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned. With the
download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and
hashed locally enabling any hash for any remote. hashed locally enabling any hash for any remote.
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin),
by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path
when there is data to read (if not, the hypen will be treated literaly,
as a relative path).
Run without a hash to see the list of all supported hashes, e.g. Run without a hash to see the list of all supported hashes, e.g.
$ rclone hashsum $ rclone hashsum

10
docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md
View File

@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ There are several related list commands
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable. `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable. `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable. `lsjson` is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion. Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse. The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for Listing a non-existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
the bucket based remotes). the bucket-based remotes).
``` ```

10
docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md
View File

@ -44,17 +44,17 @@ There are several related list commands
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable. `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable. `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable. `lsjson` is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion. Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse. The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for Listing a non-existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
the bucket based remotes). the bucket-based remotes).
``` ```

14
docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md
View File

@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ can be returned as an empty string if it isn't available on the object
the object and "UNSUPPORTED" if that object does not support that hash the object and "UNSUPPORTED" if that object does not support that hash
type. type.
For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use For example, to emulate the md5sum command you can use
rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only . rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Eg
Note that the --absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files Note that the --absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files
to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from-raw flag. to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from-raw flag.
For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy For example, to find all the files modified within one day and copy
those only (without traversing the whole directory structure): those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
@ -117,17 +117,17 @@ There are several related list commands
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable. `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable. `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable. `lsjson` is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion. Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse. The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for Listing a non-existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
the bucket based remotes). the bucket-based remotes).
``` ```

12
docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md
View File

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt"
will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt". will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt".
When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name. When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.
If the directory is a bucket in a bucket based backend, then If the directory is a bucket in a bucket-based backend, then
"IsBucket" will be set to true. This key won't be present unless it is "IsBucket" will be set to true. This key won't be present unless it is
"true". "true".
@ -91,17 +91,17 @@ There are several related list commands
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable. `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable. `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable. `lsjson` is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion. Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse. The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for Listing a non-existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
the bucket based remotes). the bucket-based remotes).
``` ```

10
docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md
View File

@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ There are several related list commands
* `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format * `lsf` to list objects and directories in easy to parse format
* `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format * `lsjson` to list objects and directories in JSON format
`ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human readable. `ls`,`lsl`,`lsd` are designed to be human-readable.
`lsf` is designed to be human and machine readable. `lsf` is designed to be human and machine-readable.
`lsjson` is designed to be machine readable. `lsjson` is designed to be machine-readable.
Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion. Note that `ls` and `lsl` recurse by default - use `--max-depth 1` to stop the recursion.
The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse. The other list commands `lsd`,`lsf`,`lsjson` do not recurse by default - use `-R` to make them recurse.
Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for Listing a non-existent directory will produce an error except for
remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs - remotes which can't have empty directories (e.g. s3, swift, or gcs -
the bucket based remotes). the bucket-based remotes).
``` ```

5
docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md
View File

@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned. With the
download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and
hashed locally enabling MD5 for any remote. hashed locally enabling MD5 for any remote.
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin),
by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path
when there is data to read (if not, the hypen will be treated literaly,
as a relative path).
``` ```
rclone md5sum remote:path [flags] rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]

5
docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md
View File

@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ at all, then 1 PiB is set as both the total and the free size.
To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to
download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/). download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
[WinFsp](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp) is an open source [WinFsp](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp) is an open-source
Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file
systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone
uses combination with [cgofuse](https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse). uses combination with [cgofuse](https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse).
@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ applications won't work with their files on an rclone mount without
`--vfs-cache-mode writes` or `--vfs-cache-mode full`. `--vfs-cache-mode writes` or `--vfs-cache-mode full`.
See the [VFS File Caching](#vfs-file-caching) section for more info. See the [VFS File Caching](#vfs-file-caching) section for more info.
The bucket based remotes (e.g. Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2, The bucket-based remotes (e.g. Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2,
Hubic) do not support the concept of empty directories, so empty Hubic) do not support the concept of empty directories, so empty
directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of
the directory cache. the directory cache.
@ -689,6 +689,7 @@ rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
--daemon-wait duration Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s) --daemon-wait duration Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v --debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows) --default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
--devname string Set the device name - default is remote:path
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s) --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)

2
docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md
View File

@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Obscure password for use in the rclone config file.
## Synopsis ## Synopsis
In the rclone config file, human readable passwords are In the rclone config file, human-readable passwords are
obscured. Obscuring them is done by encrypting them and writing them obscured. Obscuring them is done by encrypting them and writing them
out in base64. This is **not** a secure way of encrypting these out in base64. This is **not** a secure way of encrypting these
passwords as rclone can decrypt them - it is to prevent "eyedropping" passwords as rclone can decrypt them - it is to prevent "eyedropping"

1
docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_docker.md
View File

@ -349,6 +349,7 @@ rclone serve docker [flags]
--daemon-wait duration Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s) --daemon-wait duration Time to wait for ready mount from daemon (maximum time on Linux, constant sleep time on OSX/BSD) (not supported on Windows) (default 1m0s)
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v --debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows) --default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode (not supported on Windows)
--devname string Set the device name - default is remote:path
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s) --dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for (default 5m0s)
--dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777) --dir-perms FileMode Directory permissions (default 0777)
--file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666) --file-perms FileMode File permissions (default 0666)

3
docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md
View File

@ -59,6 +59,9 @@ supply --client-ca also.
of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded
private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
certificate authority certificate. certificate authority certificate.
### Template
--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http --template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
and webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup and webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup
to be used within the template to server pages: to be used within the template to server pages:

4
docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md
View File

@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ rclone serve restic implements restic's REST backend API
over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage
mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly. mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.
[Restic](https://restic.net/) is a command line program for doing [Restic](https://restic.net/) is a command-line program for doing
backups. backups.
The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs. The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096) --max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
--pass string Password for authentication --pass string Password for authentication
--private-repos Users can only access their private repo --private-repos Users can only access their private repo
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone") --realm string Realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) --server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) --server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--stdio Run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout --stdio Run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout

13
docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_sftp.md
View File

@ -49,6 +49,17 @@ be used with sshd via ~/.ssh/authorized_keys, for example:
restrict,command="rclone serve sftp --stdio ./photos" ssh-rsa ... restrict,command="rclone serve sftp --stdio ./photos" ssh-rsa ...
On the client you need to set "--transfers 1" when using --stdio.
Otherwise multiple instances of the rclone server are started by OpenSSH
which can lead to "corrupted on transfer" errors. This is the case because
the client chooses indiscriminately which server to send commands to while
the servers all have different views of the state of the filing system.
The "restrict" in authorized_keys prevents SHA1SUMs and MD5SUMs from beeing
used. Omitting "restrict" and using --sftp-path-override to enable
checksumming is possible but less secure and you could use the SFTP server
provided by OpenSSH in this case.
## VFS - Virtual File System ## VFS - Virtual File System
@ -341,7 +352,7 @@ together, if `--auth-proxy` is set the authorized keys option will be
ignored. ignored.
There is an example program There is an example program
[bin/test_proxy.py](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/bin/test_proxy.py) [bin/test_proxy.py](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
in the rclone source code. in the rclone source code.
The program's job is to take a `user` and `pass` on the input and turn The program's job is to take a `user` and `pass` on the input and turn

2
docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md
View File

@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
--pass string Password for authentication --pass string Password for authentication
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s) --poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes, must be smaller than dir-cache-time and only on supported remotes (set 0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
--read-only Mount read-only --read-only Mount read-only
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone") --realm string Realm for authentication (default "rclone")
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s) --server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s) --server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
--template string User-specified template --template string User-specified template

8
docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md
View File

@ -20,6 +20,14 @@ not supported by the remote, no hash will be returned. With the
download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and download flag, the file will be downloaded from the remote and
hashed locally enabling SHA-1 for any remote. hashed locally enabling SHA-1 for any remote.
This command can also hash data received on standard input (stdin),
by not passing a remote:path, or by passing a hyphen as remote:path
when there is data to read (if not, the hypen will be treated literaly,
as a relative path).
This command can also hash data received on STDIN, if not passing
a remote:path.
``` ```
rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags] rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]

1
docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md
View File

@ -49,7 +49,6 @@ rclone tree remote:path [flags]
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables) --dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables)
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file --full-path Print the full path prefix for each file
-h, --help help for tree -h, --help help for tree
--human Print the size in a more human readable way.
--level int Descend only level directories deep --level int Descend only level directories deep
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification. -D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
--noindent Don't print indentation lines --noindent Don't print indentation lines

10
docs/content/compress.md
View File

@ -96,15 +96,19 @@ Here are the standard options specific to compress (Compress a remote).
Remote to compress. Remote to compress.
Properties:
- Config: remote - Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_REMOTE - Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_REMOTE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --compress-mode #### --compress-mode
Compression mode. Compression mode.
Properties:
- Config: mode - Config: mode
- Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_MODE - Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_MODE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -129,6 +133,8 @@ Level -2 uses Huffmann encoding only. Only use if you know what you
are doing. are doing.
Level 0 turns off compression. Level 0 turns off compression.
Properties:
- Config: level - Config: level
- Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_LEVEL - Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_LEVEL
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -143,6 +149,8 @@ it's size.
Files smaller than this limit will be cached in RAM, files larger than Files smaller than this limit will be cached in RAM, files larger than
this limit will be cached on disk. this limit will be cached on disk.
Properties:
- Config: ram_cache_limit - Config: ram_cache_limit
- Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_RAM_CACHE_LIMIT - Env Var: RCLONE_COMPRESS_RAM_CACHE_LIMIT
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix

47
docs/content/crypt.md
View File

@ -428,15 +428,19 @@ Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, e.g. "myremote:path/to/dir", Normally should contain a ':' and a path, e.g. "myremote:path/to/dir",
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended). "myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
Properties:
- Config: remote - Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_REMOTE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --crypt-filename-encryption #### --crypt-filename-encryption
How to encrypt the filenames. How to encrypt the filenames.
Properties:
- Config: filename_encryption - Config: filename_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -457,6 +461,8 @@ Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
NB If filename_encryption is "off" then this option will do nothing. NB If filename_encryption is "off" then this option will do nothing.
Properties:
- Config: directory_name_encryption - Config: directory_name_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -473,10 +479,12 @@ Password or pass phrase for encryption.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: password - Config: password
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --crypt-password2 #### --crypt-password2
@ -487,10 +495,12 @@ Should be different to the previous password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: password2 - Config: password2
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2 - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_PASSWORD2
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -509,6 +519,8 @@ pointing to two different directories with the single changed
parameter and use rclone move to move the files between the crypt parameter and use rclone move to move the files between the crypt
remotes. remotes.
Properties:
- Config: server_side_across_configs - Config: server_side_across_configs
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -526,6 +538,8 @@ This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted
names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file
names, or for debugging purposes. names, or for debugging purposes.
Properties:
- Config: show_mapping - Config: show_mapping
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -535,6 +549,8 @@ names, or for debugging purposes.
Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted. Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted.
Properties:
- Config: no_data_encryption - Config: no_data_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_NO_DATA_ENCRYPTION - Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_NO_DATA_ENCRYPTION
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -545,6 +561,29 @@ Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted.
- "false" - "false"
- Encrypt file data. - Encrypt file data.
#### --crypt-filename-encoding
How to encode the encrypted filename to text string.
This option could help with shortening the encrypted filename. The
suitable option would depend on the way your remote count the filename
length and if it's case sensitve.
Properties:
- Config: filename_encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_FILENAME_ENCODING
- Type: string
- Default: "base32"
- Examples:
- "base32"
- Encode using base32. Suitable for all remote.
- "base64"
- Encode using base64. Suitable for case sensitive remote.
- "base32768"
- Encode using base32768. Suitable if your remote counts UTF-16 or
- Unicode codepoint instead of UTF-8 byte length. (Eg. Onedrive)
## Backend commands ## Backend commands
Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend. Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.
@ -559,7 +598,7 @@ See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments. info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command). [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### encode ### encode

141
docs/content/drive.md
View File

@ -554,10 +554,12 @@ Setting your own is recommended.
See https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own. See https://rclone.org/drive/#making-your-own-client-id for how to create your own.
If you leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance. If you leave this blank, it will use an internal key which is low performance.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-client-secret #### --drive-client-secret
@ -565,19 +567,23 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-scope #### --drive-scope
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive. Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
Properties:
- Config: scope - Config: scope
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SCOPE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "drive" - "drive"
- Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder. - Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
@ -603,10 +609,12 @@ Fill in to access "Computers" folders (see docs), or for rclone to use
a non root folder as its starting point. a non root folder as its starting point.
Properties:
- Config: root_folder_id - Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-service-account-file #### --drive-service-account-file
@ -617,15 +625,19 @@ Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`. Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`.
Properties:
- Config: service_account_file - Config: service_account_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-alternate-export #### --drive-alternate-export
Deprecated: No longer needed. Deprecated: No longer needed.
Properties:
- Config: alternate_export - Config: alternate_export
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALTERNATE_EXPORT
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -639,10 +651,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to drive (Google Drive).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-auth-url #### --drive-auth-url
@ -650,10 +664,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-token-url #### --drive-token-url
@ -661,10 +677,12 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-service-account-credentials #### --drive-service-account-credentials
@ -673,24 +691,30 @@ Service Account Credentials JSON blob.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login. Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
Properties:
- Config: service_account_credentials - Config: service_account_credentials
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-team-drive #### --drive-team-drive
ID of the Shared Drive (Team Drive). ID of the Shared Drive (Team Drive).
Properties:
- Config: team_drive - Config: team_drive
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TEAM_DRIVE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-auth-owner-only #### --drive-auth-owner-only
Only consider files owned by the authenticated user. Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
Properties:
- Config: auth_owner_only - Config: auth_owner_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_AUTH_OWNER_ONLY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -703,17 +727,38 @@ Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently.
Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash. Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash.
Use `--drive-use-trash=false` to delete files permanently instead. Use `--drive-use-trash=false` to delete files permanently instead.
Properties:
- Config: use_trash - Config: use_trash
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
- Default: true - Default: true
#### --drive-copy-shortcut-content
Server side copy contents of shortcuts instead of the shortcut.
When doing server side copies, normally rclone will copy shortcuts as
shortcuts.
If this flag is used then rclone will copy the contents of shortcuts
rather than shortcuts themselves when doing server side copies.
Properties:
- Config: copy_shortcut_content
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_COPY_SHORTCUT_CONTENT
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-skip-gdocs #### --drive-skip-gdocs
Skip google documents in all listings. Skip google documents in all listings.
If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone. If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.
Properties:
- Config: skip_gdocs - Config: skip_gdocs
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_GDOCS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -734,6 +779,8 @@ Google photos are identified by being in the "photos" space.
Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
not updating the checksum. not updating the checksum.
Properties:
- Config: skip_checksum_gphotos - Config: skip_checksum_gphotos
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_CHECKSUM_GPHOTOS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_CHECKSUM_GPHOTOS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -750,6 +797,8 @@ with you).
This works both with the "list" (lsd, lsl, etc.) and the "copy" This works both with the "list" (lsd, lsl, etc.) and the "copy"
commands (copy, sync, etc.), and with all other commands too. commands (copy, sync, etc.), and with all other commands too.
Properties:
- Config: shared_with_me - Config: shared_with_me
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SHARED_WITH_ME
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -761,6 +810,8 @@ Only show files that are in the trash.
This will show trashed files in their original directory structure. This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
Properties:
- Config: trashed_only - Config: trashed_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_TRASHED_ONLY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -770,6 +821,8 @@ This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
Only show files that are starred. Only show files that are starred.
Properties:
- Config: starred_only - Config: starred_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STARRED_ONLY - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STARRED_ONLY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -779,15 +832,19 @@ Only show files that are starred.
Deprecated: See export_formats. Deprecated: See export_formats.
Properties:
- Config: formats - Config: formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_FORMATS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-export-formats #### --drive-export-formats
Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.
Properties:
- Config: export_formats - Config: export_formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_EXPORT_FORMATS
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -797,10 +854,12 @@ Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs.
Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs. Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
Properties:
- Config: import_formats - Config: import_formats
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPORT_FORMATS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-allow-import-name-change #### --drive-allow-import-name-change
@ -808,6 +867,8 @@ Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs.
E.g. file.doc to file.docx. This will confuse sync and reupload every time. E.g. file.doc to file.docx. This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
Properties:
- Config: allow_import_name_change - Config: allow_import_name_change
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ALLOW_IMPORT_NAME_CHANGE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -833,6 +894,8 @@ Photos folder" option in your google drive settings. You can then copy
or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken
(created) set as the modification date. (created) set as the modification date.
Properties:
- Config: use_created_date - Config: use_created_date
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_CREATED_DATE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -848,6 +911,8 @@ unexpected consequences when uploading/downloading files.
If both this flag and "--drive-use-created-date" are set, the created If both this flag and "--drive-use-created-date" are set, the created
date is used. date is used.
Properties:
- Config: use_shared_date - Config: use_shared_date
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_SHARED_DATE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_SHARED_DATE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -857,6 +922,8 @@ date is used.
Size of listing chunk 100-1000, 0 to disable. Size of listing chunk 100-1000, 0 to disable.
Properties:
- Config: list_chunk - Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -866,15 +933,19 @@ Size of listing chunk 100-1000, 0 to disable.
Impersonate this user when using a service account. Impersonate this user when using a service account.
Properties:
- Config: impersonate - Config: impersonate
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_IMPERSONATE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --drive-upload-cutoff #### --drive-upload-cutoff
Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -891,6 +962,8 @@ is buffered in memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance. Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -906,6 +979,8 @@ as malware or spam and cannot be downloaded" with the error code
indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone indicate you acknowledge the risks of downloading the file and rclone
will download it anyway. will download it anyway.
Properties:
- Config: acknowledge_abuse - Config: acknowledge_abuse
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ACKNOWLEDGE_ABUSE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -915,6 +990,8 @@ will download it anyway.
Keep new head revision of each file forever. Keep new head revision of each file forever.
Properties:
- Config: keep_revision_forever - Config: keep_revision_forever
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_KEEP_REVISION_FOREVER
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -937,6 +1014,8 @@ doing rclone ls/lsl/lsf/lsjson/etc only.
If you do use this flag for syncing (not recommended) then you will If you do use this flag for syncing (not recommended) then you will
need to use --ignore size also. need to use --ignore size also.
Properties:
- Config: size_as_quota - Config: size_as_quota
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SIZE_AS_QUOTA - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SIZE_AS_QUOTA
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -946,6 +1025,8 @@ need to use --ignore size also.
If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download.
Properties:
- Config: v2_download_min_size - Config: v2_download_min_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_V2_DOWNLOAD_MIN_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -955,6 +1036,8 @@ If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download.
Minimum time to sleep between API calls. Minimum time to sleep between API calls.
Properties:
- Config: pacer_min_sleep - Config: pacer_min_sleep
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_MIN_SLEEP - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_MIN_SLEEP
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -964,6 +1047,8 @@ Minimum time to sleep between API calls.
Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. Number of API calls to allow without sleeping.
Properties:
- Config: pacer_burst - Config: pacer_burst
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_BURST - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_PACER_BURST
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -978,6 +1063,8 @@ different Google drives. Note that this isn't enabled by default
because it isn't easy to tell if it will work between any two because it isn't easy to tell if it will work between any two
configurations. configurations.
Properties:
- Config: server_side_across_configs - Config: server_side_across_configs
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -996,6 +1083,8 @@ See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3631
Properties:
- Config: disable_http2 - Config: disable_http2
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_DISABLE_HTTP2 - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_DISABLE_HTTP2
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1017,6 +1106,8 @@ Google don't document so it may break in the future.
See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3857 See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3857
Properties:
- Config: stop_on_upload_limit - Config: stop_on_upload_limit
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_UPLOAD_LIMIT - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_UPLOAD_LIMIT
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1036,6 +1127,8 @@ Note that this detection is relying on error message strings which
Google don't document so it may break in the future. Google don't document so it may break in the future.
Properties:
- Config: stop_on_download_limit - Config: stop_on_download_limit
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_DOWNLOAD_LIMIT - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_DOWNLOAD_LIMIT
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1050,17 +1143,35 @@ they are the original file (see [the shortcuts section](#shortcuts)).
If this flag is set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely. If this flag is set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely.
Properties:
- Config: skip_shortcuts - Config: skip_shortcuts
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
- Default: false - Default: false
#### --drive-skip-dangling-shortcuts
If set skip dangling shortcut files.
If this is set then rclone will not show any dangling shortcuts in listings.
Properties:
- Config: skip_dangling_shortcuts
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_DANGLING_SHORTCUTS
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --drive-encoding #### --drive-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder
@ -1080,7 +1191,7 @@ See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments. info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command). [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### get ### get

42
docs/content/dropbox.md
View File

@ -190,10 +190,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --dropbox-client-secret #### --dropbox-client-secret
@ -201,10 +203,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -214,10 +218,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --dropbox-auth-url #### --dropbox-auth-url
@ -225,10 +231,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --dropbox-token-url #### --dropbox-token-url
@ -236,10 +244,12 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --dropbox-chunk-size #### --dropbox-chunk-size
@ -252,6 +262,8 @@ deal with retries. Setting this larger will increase the speed
slightly (at most 10% for 128 MiB in tests) at the cost of using more slightly (at most 10% for 128 MiB in tests) at the cost of using more
memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory. memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -276,10 +288,12 @@ permissions doesn't include "members.read". This can be added once
v1.55 or later is in use everywhere. v1.55 or later is in use everywhere.
Properties:
- Config: impersonate - Config: impersonate
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_IMPERSONATE - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_IMPERSONATE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --dropbox-shared-files #### --dropbox-shared-files
@ -289,6 +303,8 @@ In this mode rclone's features are extremely limited - only list (ls, lsl, etc.)
operations and read operations (e.g. downloading) are supported in this mode. operations and read operations (e.g. downloading) are supported in this mode.
All other operations will be disabled. All other operations will be disabled.
Properties:
- Config: shared_files - Config: shared_files
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_SHARED_FILES - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_SHARED_FILES
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -309,6 +325,8 @@ Note that we don't unmount the shared folder afterwards so the
--dropbox-shared-folders can be omitted after the first use of a particular --dropbox-shared-folders can be omitted after the first use of a particular
shared folder. shared folder.
Properties:
- Config: shared_folders - Config: shared_folders
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_SHARED_FOLDERS - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_SHARED_FOLDERS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -332,6 +350,8 @@ Rclone will close any outstanding batches when it exits which may make
a delay on quit. a delay on quit.
Properties:
- Config: batch_mode - Config: batch_mode
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_MODE - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_MODE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -358,6 +378,8 @@ as it will make them a lot quicker. You can use --transfers 32 to
maximise throughput. maximise throughput.
Properties:
- Config: batch_size - Config: batch_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_SIZE
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -378,6 +400,8 @@ default based on the batch_mode in use.
- batch_mode: off - not in use - batch_mode: off - not in use
Properties:
- Config: batch_timeout - Config: batch_timeout
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_TIMEOUT - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_TIMEOUT
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -387,6 +411,8 @@ default based on the batch_mode in use.
Max time to wait for a batch to finish comitting Max time to wait for a batch to finish comitting
Properties:
- Config: batch_commit_timeout - Config: batch_commit_timeout
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_COMMIT_TIMEOUT - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_BATCH_COMMIT_TIMEOUT
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -394,10 +420,12 @@ Max time to wait for a batch to finish comitting
#### --dropbox-encoding #### --dropbox-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

20
docs/content/fichier.md
View File

@ -122,10 +122,12 @@ Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl. Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl.
Properties:
- Config: api_key - Config: api_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_API_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_API_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -135,10 +137,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter. If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter.
Properties:
- Config: shared_folder - Config: shared_folder
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_SHARED_FOLDER - Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_SHARED_FOLDER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --fichier-file-password #### --fichier-file-password
@ -146,10 +150,12 @@ If you want to download a shared file that is password protected, add this param
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: file_password - Config: file_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_FILE_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_FILE_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --fichier-folder-password #### --fichier-folder-password
@ -157,17 +163,21 @@ If you want to list the files in a shared folder that is password protected, add
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: folder_password - Config: folder_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_FOLDER_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_FOLDER_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --fichier-encoding #### --fichier-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

28
docs/content/filefabric.md
View File

@ -160,10 +160,12 @@ Here are the standard options specific to filefabric (Enterprise File Fabric).
URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to. URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to.
Properties:
- Config: url - Config: url
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
- Examples: - Examples:
- "https://storagemadeeasy.com" - "https://storagemadeeasy.com"
- Storage Made Easy US - Storage Made Easy US
@ -181,10 +183,12 @@ Leave blank normally.
Fill in to make rclone start with directory of a given ID. Fill in to make rclone start with directory of a given ID.
Properties:
- Config: root_folder_id - Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_ROOT_FOLDER_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --filefabric-permanent-token #### --filefabric-permanent-token
@ -200,10 +204,12 @@ These tokens are normally valid for several years.
For more info see: https://docs.storagemadeeasy.com/organisationcloud/api-tokens For more info see: https://docs.storagemadeeasy.com/organisationcloud/api-tokens
Properties:
- Config: permanent_token - Config: permanent_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_PERMANENT_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_PERMANENT_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -219,10 +225,12 @@ usually valid for 1 hour.
Don't set this value - rclone will set it automatically. Don't set this value - rclone will set it automatically.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --filefabric-token-expiry #### --filefabric-token-expiry
@ -231,10 +239,12 @@ Token expiry time.
Don't set this value - rclone will set it automatically. Don't set this value - rclone will set it automatically.
Properties:
- Config: token_expiry - Config: token_expiry
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_TOKEN_EXPIRY - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_TOKEN_EXPIRY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --filefabric-version #### --filefabric-version
@ -243,17 +253,21 @@ Version read from the file fabric.
Don't set this value - rclone will set it automatically. Don't set this value - rclone will set it automatically.
Properties:
- Config: version - Config: version
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_VERSION - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_VERSION
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --filefabric-encoding #### --filefabric-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_FILEFABRIC_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

114
docs/content/flags.md
View File

@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
--use-json-log Use json log format --use-json-log Use json log format
--use-mmap Use mmap allocator (see docs) --use-mmap Use mmap allocator (see docs)
--use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata --use-server-modtime Use server modified time instead of object metadata
--user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string (default "rclone/v1.57.0") --user-agent string Set the user-agent to a specified string (default "rclone/v1.58.0")
-v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more) -v, --verbose count Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
``` ```
@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--acd-auth-url string Auth server URL --acd-auth-url string Auth server URL
--acd-client-id string OAuth Client Id --acd-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--acd-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --acd-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--acd-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --acd-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink (default 9Gi) --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink (default 9Gi)
--acd-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --acd-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--acd-token-url string Token server url --acd-token-url string Token server url
@ -179,9 +179,9 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive --azureblob-access-tier string Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive
--azureblob-account string Storage Account Name --azureblob-account string Storage Account Name
--azureblob-archive-tier-delete Delete archive tier blobs before overwriting --azureblob-archive-tier-delete Delete archive tier blobs before overwriting
--azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (<= 100 MiB) (default 4Mi) --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (default 4Mi)
--azureblob-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata --azureblob-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
--azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8) --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
--azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service --azureblob-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
--azureblob-key string Storage Account Key --azureblob-key string Storage Account Key
--azureblob-list-chunk int Size of blob list (default 5000) --azureblob-list-chunk int Size of blob list (default 5000)
@ -194,6 +194,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--azureblob-public-access string Public access level of a container: blob or container --azureblob-public-access string Public access level of a container: blob or container
--azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only --azureblob-sas-url string SAS URL for container level access only
--azureblob-service-principal-file string Path to file containing credentials for use with a service principal --azureblob-service-principal-file string Path to file containing credentials for use with a service principal
--azureblob-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 16)
--azureblob-upload-cutoff string Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256 MiB) (deprecated) --azureblob-upload-cutoff string Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256 MiB) (deprecated)
--azureblob-use-emulator Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' --azureblob-use-emulator Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true'
--azureblob-use-msi Use a managed service identity to authenticate (only works in Azure) --azureblob-use-msi Use a managed service identity to authenticate (only works in Azure)
@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--b2-disable-checksum Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files --b2-disable-checksum Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
--b2-download-auth-duration Duration Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d (default 1w) --b2-download-auth-duration Duration Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d (default 1w)
--b2-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads --b2-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads
--b2-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --b2-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service --b2-endpoint string Endpoint for the service
--b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files --b2-hard-delete Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files
--b2-key string Application Key --b2-key string Application Key
@ -219,7 +220,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--box-client-id string OAuth Client Id --box-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--box-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --box-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file (default 100) --box-commit-retries int Max number of times to try committing a multipart file (default 100)
--box-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --box-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--box-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 1-1000 (default 1000) --box-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk 1-1000 (default 1000)
--box-owned-by string Only show items owned by the login (email address) passed in --box-owned-by string Only show items owned by the login (email address) passed in
--box-root-folder-id string Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point --box-root-folder-id string Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point
@ -256,6 +257,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--compress-remote string Remote to compress --compress-remote string Remote to compress
-L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item -L, --copy-links Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item
--crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact (default true) --crypt-directory-name-encryption Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact (default true)
--crypt-filename-encoding string How to encode the encrypted filename to text string (default "base32")
--crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames (default "standard") --crypt-filename-encryption string How to encrypt the filenames (default "standard")
--crypt-no-data-encryption Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted --crypt-no-data-encryption Option to either encrypt file data or leave it unencrypted
--crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption (obscured) --crypt-password string Password or pass phrase for encryption (obscured)
@ -270,8 +272,9 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (default 8Mi) --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (default 8Mi)
--drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id --drive-client-id string Google Application Client Id
--drive-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --drive-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--drive-copy-shortcut-content Server side copy contents of shortcuts instead of the shortcut
--drive-disable-http2 Disable drive using http2 (default true) --drive-disable-http2 Disable drive using http2 (default true)
--drive-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default InvalidUtf8) --drive-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default InvalidUtf8)
--drive-export-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg") --drive-export-formats string Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
--drive-formats string Deprecated: See export_formats --drive-formats string Deprecated: See export_formats
--drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account --drive-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a service account
@ -288,6 +291,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me --drive-shared-with-me Only show files that are shared with me
--drive-size-as-quota Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size --drive-size-as-quota Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size
--drive-skip-checksum-gphotos Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only
--drive-skip-dangling-shortcuts If set skip dangling shortcut files
--drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings --drive-skip-gdocs Skip google documents in all listings
--drive-skip-shortcuts If set skip shortcut files --drive-skip-shortcuts If set skip shortcut files
--drive-starred-only Only show files that are starred --drive-starred-only Only show files that are starred
@ -310,40 +314,41 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (< 150Mi) (default 48Mi) --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (< 150Mi) (default 48Mi)
--dropbox-client-id string OAuth Client Id --dropbox-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--dropbox-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --dropbox-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--dropbox-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a business account --dropbox-impersonate string Impersonate this user when using a business account
--dropbox-shared-files Instructs rclone to work on individual shared files --dropbox-shared-files Instructs rclone to work on individual shared files
--dropbox-shared-folders Instructs rclone to work on shared folders --dropbox-shared-folders Instructs rclone to work on shared folders
--dropbox-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --dropbox-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--dropbox-token-url string Token server url --dropbox-token-url string Token server url
--fichier-api-key string Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl --fichier-api-key string Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
--fichier-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--fichier-file-password string If you want to download a shared file that is password protected, add this parameter (obscured) --fichier-file-password string If you want to download a shared file that is password protected, add this parameter (obscured)
--fichier-folder-password string If you want to list the files in a shared folder that is password protected, add this parameter (obscured) --fichier-folder-password string If you want to list the files in a shared folder that is password protected, add this parameter (obscured)
--fichier-shared-folder string If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter --fichier-shared-folder string If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
--filefabric-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --filefabric-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--filefabric-permanent-token string Permanent Authentication Token --filefabric-permanent-token string Permanent Authentication Token
--filefabric-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder --filefabric-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
--filefabric-token string Session Token --filefabric-token string Session Token
--filefabric-token-expiry string Token expiry time --filefabric-token-expiry string Token expiry time
--filefabric-url string URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to --filefabric-url string URL of the Enterprise File Fabric to connect to
--filefabric-version string Version read from the file fabric --filefabric-version string Version read from the file fabric
--ftp-ask-password Allow asking for FTP password when needed
--ftp-close-timeout Duration Maximum time to wait for a response to close (default 1m0s) --ftp-close-timeout Duration Maximum time to wait for a response to close (default 1m0s)
--ftp-concurrency int Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited --ftp-concurrency int Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
--ftp-disable-epsv Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support --ftp-disable-epsv Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
--ftp-disable-mlsd Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support --ftp-disable-mlsd Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support
--ftp-disable-tls13 Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS) --ftp-disable-tls13 Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS)
--ftp-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot) --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
--ftp-explicit-tls Use Explicit FTPS (FTP over TLS) --ftp-explicit-tls Use Explicit FTPS (FTP over TLS)
--ftp-host string FTP host to connect to --ftp-host string FTP host to connect to
--ftp-idle-timeout Duration Max time before closing idle connections (default 1m0s) --ftp-idle-timeout Duration Max time before closing idle connections (default 1m0s)
--ftp-no-check-certificate Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server --ftp-no-check-certificate Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
--ftp-pass string FTP password (obscured) --ftp-pass string FTP password (obscured)
--ftp-port string FTP port number (default 21) --ftp-port int FTP port number (default 21)
--ftp-shut-timeout Duration Maximum time to wait for data connection closing status (default 1m0s) --ftp-shut-timeout Duration Maximum time to wait for data connection closing status (default 1m0s)
--ftp-tls Use Implicit FTPS (FTP over TLS) --ftp-tls Use Implicit FTPS (FTP over TLS)
--ftp-tls-cache-size int Size of TLS session cache for all control and data connections (default 32) --ftp-tls-cache-size int Size of TLS session cache for all control and data connections (default 32)
--ftp-user string FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER --ftp-user string FTP username (default "$USER")
--ftp-writing-mdtm Use MDTM to set modification time (VsFtpd quirk) --ftp-writing-mdtm Use MDTM to set modification time (VsFtpd quirk)
--gcs-anonymous Access public buckets and objects without credentials --gcs-anonymous Access public buckets and objects without credentials
--gcs-auth-url string Auth server URL --gcs-auth-url string Auth server URL
@ -351,7 +356,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--gcs-bucket-policy-only Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies --gcs-bucket-policy-only Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies
--gcs-client-id string OAuth Client Id --gcs-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--gcs-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --gcs-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--gcs-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets --gcs-location string Location for the newly created buckets
--gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects --gcs-object-acl string Access Control List for new objects
--gcs-project-number string Project number --gcs-project-number string Project number
@ -362,7 +367,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--gphotos-auth-url string Auth server URL --gphotos-auth-url string Auth server URL
--gphotos-client-id string OAuth Client Id --gphotos-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--gphotos-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --gphotos-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--gphotos-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --gphotos-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--gphotos-include-archived Also view and download archived media --gphotos-include-archived Also view and download archived media
--gphotos-read-only Set to make the Google Photos backend read only --gphotos-read-only Set to make the Google Photos backend read only
--gphotos-read-size Set to read the size of media items --gphotos-read-size Set to read the size of media items
@ -374,38 +379,39 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--hasher-max-age Duration Maximum time to keep checksums in cache (0 = no cache, off = cache forever) (default off) --hasher-max-age Duration Maximum time to keep checksums in cache (0 = no cache, off = cache forever) (default off)
--hasher-remote string Remote to cache checksums for (e.g. myRemote:path) --hasher-remote string Remote to cache checksums for (e.g. myRemote:path)
--hdfs-data-transfer-protection string Kerberos data transfer protection: authentication|integrity|privacy --hdfs-data-transfer-protection string Kerberos data transfer protection: authentication|integrity|privacy
--hdfs-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Colon,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --hdfs-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Colon,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--hdfs-namenode string Hadoop name node and port --hdfs-namenode string Hadoop name node and port
--hdfs-service-principal-name string Kerberos service principal name for the namenode --hdfs-service-principal-name string Kerberos service principal name for the namenode
--hdfs-username string Hadoop user name --hdfs-username string Hadoop user name
--http-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions --http-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions
--http-no-head Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing --http-no-head Don't use HEAD requests
--http-no-slash Set this if the site doesn't end directories with / --http-no-slash Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
--http-url string URL of http host to connect to --http-url string URL of http host to connect to
--hubic-auth-url string Auth server URL --hubic-auth-url string Auth server URL
--hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container (default 5Gi) --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container (default 5Gi)
--hubic-client-id string OAuth Client Id --hubic-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--hubic-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --hubic-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--hubic-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8) --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
--hubic-no-chunk Don't chunk files during streaming upload --hubic-no-chunk Don't chunk files during streaming upload
--hubic-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --hubic-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--hubic-token-url string Token server url --hubic-token-url string Token server url
--jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--jottacloud-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash --jottacloud-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required (default 10Mi) --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required (default 10Mi)
--jottacloud-no-versions Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of overwriting them --jottacloud-no-versions Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of overwriting them
--jottacloud-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash --jottacloud-trashed-only Only show files that are in the trash
--jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's (default 10Mi) --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's (default 10Mi)
--koofr-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--koofr-endpoint string The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net") --koofr-endpoint string The Koofr API endpoint to use
--koofr-mountid string Mount ID of the mount to use --koofr-mountid string Mount ID of the mount to use
--koofr-password string Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password) (obscured) --koofr-password string Your password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password) (obscured)
--koofr-provider string Choose your storage provider
--koofr-setmtime Does the backend support setting modification time (default true) --koofr-setmtime Does the backend support setting modification time (default true)
--koofr-user string Your Koofr user name --koofr-user string Your user name
-l, --links Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension -l, --links Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
--local-case-insensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive --local-case-insensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
--local-case-sensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive --local-case-sensitive Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive
--local-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Dot) --local-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Dot)
--local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload --local-no-check-updated Don't check to see if the files change during upload
--local-no-preallocate Disable preallocation of disk space for transferred files --local-no-preallocate Disable preallocation of disk space for transferred files
--local-no-set-modtime Disable setting modtime --local-no-set-modtime Disable setting modtime
@ -414,7 +420,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--local-unicode-normalization Apply unicode NFC normalization to paths and filenames --local-unicode-normalization Apply unicode NFC normalization to paths and filenames
--local-zero-size-links Assume the Stat size of links is zero (and read them instead) (deprecated) --local-zero-size-links Assume the Stat size of links is zero (and read them instead) (deprecated)
--mailru-check-hash What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true) --mailru-check-hash What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
--mailru-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--mailru-pass string Password (obscured) --mailru-pass string Password (obscured)
--mailru-speedup-enable Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash (default true) --mailru-speedup-enable Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash (default true)
--mailru-speedup-file-patterns string Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash) (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf") --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash) (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf")
@ -422,18 +428,23 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk (default 32Mi) --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk (default 32Mi)
--mailru-user string User name (usually email) --mailru-user string User name (usually email)
--mega-debug Output more debug from Mega --mega-debug Output more debug from Mega
--mega-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --mega-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash --mega-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
--mega-pass string Password (obscured) --mega-pass string Password (obscured)
--mega-user string User name --mega-user string User name
--netstorage-account string Set the NetStorage account name
--netstorage-host string Domain+path of NetStorage host to connect to
--netstorage-protocol string Select between HTTP or HTTPS protocol (default "https")
--netstorage-secret string Set the NetStorage account secret/G2O key for authentication (obscured)
-x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only) -x, --one-file-system Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only)
--onedrive-auth-url string Auth server URL --onedrive-auth-url string Auth server URL
--onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes) (default 10Mi) --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes) (default 10Mi)
--onedrive-client-id string OAuth Client Id --onedrive-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--onedrive-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --onedrive-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--onedrive-disable-site-permission Disable the request for Sites.Read.All permission
--onedrive-drive-id string The ID of the drive to use --onedrive-drive-id string The ID of the drive to use
--onedrive-drive-type string The type of the drive (personal | business | documentLibrary) --onedrive-drive-type string The type of the drive (personal | business | documentLibrary)
--onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--onedrive-expose-onenote-files Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings --onedrive-expose-onenote-files Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings
--onedrive-link-password string Set the password for links created by the link command --onedrive-link-password string Set the password for links created by the link command
--onedrive-link-scope string Set the scope of the links created by the link command (default "anonymous") --onedrive-link-scope string Set the scope of the links created by the link command (default "anonymous")
@ -441,27 +452,28 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--onedrive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk (default 1000) --onedrive-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk (default 1000)
--onedrive-no-versions Remove all versions on modifying operations --onedrive-no-versions Remove all versions on modifying operations
--onedrive-region string Choose national cloud region for OneDrive (default "global") --onedrive-region string Choose national cloud region for OneDrive (default "global")
--onedrive-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
--onedrive-server-side-across-configs Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different onedrive configs --onedrive-server-side-across-configs Allow server-side operations (e.g. copy) to work across different onedrive configs
--onedrive-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --onedrive-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--onedrive-token-url string Token server url --onedrive-token-url string Token server url
--opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Files will be uploaded in chunks this size (default 10Mi) --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix Files will be uploaded in chunks this size (default 10Mi)
--opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--opendrive-password string Password (obscured) --opendrive-password string Password (obscured)
--opendrive-username string Username --opendrive-username string Username
--pcloud-auth-url string Auth server URL --pcloud-auth-url string Auth server URL
--pcloud-client-id string OAuth Client Id --pcloud-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--pcloud-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --pcloud-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--pcloud-hostname string Hostname to connect to (default "api.pcloud.com") --pcloud-hostname string Hostname to connect to (default "api.pcloud.com")
--pcloud-root-folder-id string Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point (default "d0") --pcloud-root-folder-id string Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point (default "d0")
--pcloud-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --pcloud-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--pcloud-token-url string Token server url --pcloud-token-url string Token server url
--premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--putio-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --putio-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID --qingstor-access-key-id string QingStor Access Key ID
--qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 4Mi) --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix Chunk size to use for uploading (default 4Mi)
--qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connection retries (default 3) --qingstor-connection-retries int Number of connection retries (default 3)
--qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8) --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
--qingstor-endpoint string Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API --qingstor-endpoint string Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API
--qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime --qingstor-env-auth Get QingStor credentials from runtime
--qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password) --qingstor-secret-access-key string QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
@ -476,12 +488,14 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata --s3-disable-checksum Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
--s3-disable-http2 Disable usage of http2 for S3 backends --s3-disable-http2 Disable usage of http2 for S3 backends
--s3-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads --s3-download-url string Custom endpoint for downloads
--s3-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --s3-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API --s3-endpoint string Endpoint for S3 API
--s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars) --s3-env-auth Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars)
--s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style (default true) --s3-force-path-style If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style (default true)
--s3-leave-parts-on-error If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery --s3-leave-parts-on-error If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery
--s3-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request) (default 1000) --s3-list-chunk int Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request) (default 1000)
--s3-list-url-encode Tristate Whether to url encode listings: true/false/unset (default unset)
--s3-list-version int Version of ListObjects to use: 1,2 or 0 for auto
--s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region --s3-location-constraint string Location constraint - must be set to match the Region
--s3-max-upload-parts int Maximum number of parts in a multipart upload (default 10000) --s3-max-upload-parts int Maximum number of parts in a multipart upload (default 10000)
--s3-memory-pool-flush-time Duration How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed (default 1m0s) --s3-memory-pool-flush-time Duration How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed (default 1m0s)
@ -505,10 +519,11 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 4) --s3-upload-concurrency int Concurrency for multipart uploads (default 4)
--s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi) --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200Mi)
--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint
--s3-use-multipart-etag Tristate Whether to use ETag in multipart uploads for verification (default unset)
--s3-v2-auth If true use v2 authentication --s3-v2-auth If true use v2 authentication
--seafile-2fa Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled) --seafile-2fa Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
--seafile-create-library Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist --seafile-create-library Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist
--seafile-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8) --seafile-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
--seafile-library string Name of the library --seafile-library string Name of the library
--seafile-library-key string Library password (for encrypted libraries only) (obscured) --seafile-library-key string Library password (for encrypted libraries only) (obscured)
--seafile-pass string Password (obscured) --seafile-pass string Password (obscured)
@ -528,7 +543,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--sftp-md5sum-command string The command used to read md5 hashes --sftp-md5sum-command string The command used to read md5 hashes
--sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent (obscured) --sftp-pass string SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent (obscured)
--sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection --sftp-path-override string Override path used by SSH connection
--sftp-port string SSH port number (default 22) --sftp-port int SSH port number (default 22)
--sftp-pubkey-file string Optional path to public key file --sftp-pubkey-file string Optional path to public key file
--sftp-server-command string Specifies the path or command to run a sftp server on the remote host --sftp-server-command string Specifies the path or command to run a sftp server on the remote host
--sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set (default true) --sftp-set-modtime Set the modified time on the remote if set (default true)
@ -537,23 +552,28 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--sftp-subsystem string Specifies the SSH2 subsystem on the remote host (default "sftp") --sftp-subsystem string Specifies the SSH2 subsystem on the remote host (default "sftp")
--sftp-use-fstat If set use fstat instead of stat --sftp-use-fstat If set use fstat instead of stat
--sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods --sftp-use-insecure-cipher Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods
--sftp-user string SSH username, leave blank for current username, $USER --sftp-user string SSH username (default "$USER")
--sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (default 64Mi) --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix Upload chunk size (default 64Mi)
--sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--sharefile-endpoint string Endpoint for API calls --sharefile-endpoint string Endpoint for API calls
--sharefile-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder --sharefile-root-folder-id string ID of the root folder
--sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (default 128Mi) --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (default 128Mi)
--sia-api-password string Sia Daemon API Password (obscured) --sia-api-password string Sia Daemon API Password (obscured)
--sia-api-url string Sia daemon API URL, like http://sia.daemon.host:9980 (default "http://127.0.0.1:9980") --sia-api-url string Sia daemon API URL, like http://sia.daemon.host:9980 (default "http://127.0.0.1:9980")
--sia-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Question,Hash,Percent,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --sia-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Question,Hash,Percent,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--sia-user-agent string Siad User Agent (default "Sia-Agent") --sia-user-agent string Siad User Agent (default "Sia-Agent")
--skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks --skip-links Don't warn about skipped symlinks
--storj-access-grant string Access grant
--storj-api-key string API key
--storj-passphrase string Encryption passphrase
--storj-provider string Choose an authentication method (default "existing")
--storj-satellite-address string Satellite address (default "us-central-1.storj.io")
--sugarsync-access-key-id string Sugarsync Access Key ID --sugarsync-access-key-id string Sugarsync Access Key ID
--sugarsync-app-id string Sugarsync App ID --sugarsync-app-id string Sugarsync App ID
--sugarsync-authorization string Sugarsync authorization --sugarsync-authorization string Sugarsync authorization
--sugarsync-authorization-expiry string Sugarsync authorization expiry --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string Sugarsync authorization expiry
--sugarsync-deleted-id string Sugarsync deleted folder id --sugarsync-deleted-id string Sugarsync deleted folder id
--sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--sugarsync-hard-delete Permanently delete files if true --sugarsync-hard-delete Permanently delete files if true
--sugarsync-private-access-key string Sugarsync Private Access Key --sugarsync-private-access-key string Sugarsync Private Access Key
--sugarsync-refresh-token string Sugarsync refresh token --sugarsync-refresh-token string Sugarsync refresh token
@ -567,7 +587,7 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION) --swift-auth-version int AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
--swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container (default 5Gi) --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container (default 5Gi)
--swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME) --swift-domain string User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
--swift-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8) --swift-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
--swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public") --swift-endpoint-type string Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
--swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form --swift-env-auth Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form
--swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD) --swift-key string API key or password (OS_PASSWORD)
@ -581,21 +601,16 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID) --swift-tenant-id string Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
--swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME) --swift-user string User name to log in (OS_USERNAME)
--swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID) --swift-user-id string User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID)
--tardigrade-access-grant string Access grant
--tardigrade-api-key string API key
--tardigrade-passphrase string Encryption passphrase
--tardigrade-provider string Choose an authentication method (default "existing")
--tardigrade-satellite-address string Satellite address (default "us-central-1.tardigrade.io")
--union-action-policy string Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category (default "epall") --union-action-policy string Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category (default "epall")
--union-cache-time int Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds) (default 120) --union-cache-time int Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds) (default 120)
--union-create-policy string Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category (default "epmfs") --union-create-policy string Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category (default "epmfs")
--union-search-policy string Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category (default "ff") --union-search-policy string Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category (default "ff")
--union-upstreams string List of space separated upstreams --union-upstreams string List of space separated upstreams
--uptobox-access-token string Your access token --uptobox-access-token string Your access token
--uptobox-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,BackQuote,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --uptobox-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,BackQuote,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g. a Macaroon) --webdav-bearer-token string Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g. a Macaroon)
--webdav-bearer-token-command string Command to run to get a bearer token --webdav-bearer-token-command string Command to run to get a bearer token
--webdav-encoding string This sets the encoding for the backend --webdav-encoding string The encoding for the backend
--webdav-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions --webdav-headers CommaSepList Set HTTP headers for all transactions
--webdav-pass string Password (obscured) --webdav-pass string Password (obscured)
--webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to --webdav-url string URL of http host to connect to
@ -604,13 +619,14 @@ and may be set in the config file.
--yandex-auth-url string Auth server URL --yandex-auth-url string Auth server URL
--yandex-client-id string OAuth Client Id --yandex-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--yandex-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --yandex-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--yandex-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot) --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
--yandex-hard-delete Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash
--yandex-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --yandex-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--yandex-token-url string Token server url --yandex-token-url string Token server url
--zoho-auth-url string Auth server URL --zoho-auth-url string Auth server URL
--zoho-client-id string OAuth Client Id --zoho-client-id string OAuth Client Id
--zoho-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret --zoho-client-secret string OAuth Client Secret
--zoho-encoding MultiEncoder This sets the encoding for the backend (default Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8) --zoho-encoding MultiEncoder The encoding for the backend (default Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
--zoho-region string Zoho region to connect to --zoho-region string Zoho region to connect to
--zoho-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob --zoho-token string OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob
--zoho-token-url string Token server url --zoho-token-url string Token server url

73
docs/content/ftp.md
View File

@ -146,28 +146,34 @@ FTP host to connect to.
E.g. "ftp.example.com". E.g. "ftp.example.com".
Properties:
- Config: host - Config: host
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_HOST - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_HOST
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --ftp-user #### --ftp-user
FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER. FTP username.
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Default: "$USER"
#### --ftp-port #### --ftp-port
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21). FTP port number.
Properties:
- Config: port - Config: port
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PORT - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PORT
- Type: string - Type: int
- Default: "" - Default: 21
#### --ftp-pass #### --ftp-pass
@ -175,19 +181,12 @@ FTP password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: pass - Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --ftp-ask-password
Ask for password when connecting to a FTP server and no password is configured.
- Config: ask_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_ASK_PASSWORD
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --ftp-tls #### --ftp-tls
@ -198,6 +197,8 @@ right from the start which breaks compatibility with
non-TLS-aware servers. This is usually served over port 990 rather non-TLS-aware servers. This is usually served over port 990 rather
than port 21. Cannot be used in combination with explicit FTP. than port 21. Cannot be used in combination with explicit FTP.
Properties:
- Config: tls - Config: tls
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -211,6 +212,8 @@ When using explicit FTP over TLS the client explicitly requests
security from the server in order to upgrade a plain text connection security from the server in order to upgrade a plain text connection
to an encrypted one. Cannot be used in combination with implicit FTP. to an encrypted one. Cannot be used in combination with implicit FTP.
Properties:
- Config: explicit_tls - Config: explicit_tls
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_EXPLICIT_TLS - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_EXPLICIT_TLS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -224,6 +227,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited. Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited.
Properties:
- Config: concurrency - Config: concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CONCURRENCY - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -233,6 +238,8 @@ Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited.
Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server. Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server.
Properties:
- Config: no_check_certificate - Config: no_check_certificate
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_NO_CHECK_CERTIFICATE - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_NO_CHECK_CERTIFICATE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -242,6 +249,8 @@ Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server.
Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support. Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support.
Properties:
- Config: disable_epsv - Config: disable_epsv
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_EPSV - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_EPSV
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -251,6 +260,8 @@ Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support.
Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support. Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support.
Properties:
- Config: disable_mlsd - Config: disable_mlsd
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_MLSD - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_MLSD
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -260,6 +271,8 @@ Disable using MLSD even if server advertises support.
Use MDTM to set modification time (VsFtpd quirk) Use MDTM to set modification time (VsFtpd quirk)
Properties:
- Config: writing_mdtm - Config: writing_mdtm
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_WRITING_MDTM - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_WRITING_MDTM
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -275,6 +288,8 @@ given, rclone will empty the connection pool.
Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely. Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely.
Properties:
- Config: idle_timeout - Config: idle_timeout
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -284,6 +299,8 @@ Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely.
Maximum time to wait for a response to close. Maximum time to wait for a response to close.
Properties:
- Config: close_timeout - Config: close_timeout
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CLOSE_TIMEOUT - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_CLOSE_TIMEOUT
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -297,6 +314,8 @@ TLS cache allows to resume TLS sessions and reuse PSK between connections.
Increase if default size is not enough resulting in TLS resumption errors. Increase if default size is not enough resulting in TLS resumption errors.
Enabled by default. Use 0 to disable. Enabled by default. Use 0 to disable.
Properties:
- Config: tls_cache_size - Config: tls_cache_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS_CACHE_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_TLS_CACHE_SIZE
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -306,6 +325,8 @@ Enabled by default. Use 0 to disable.
Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS) Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS)
Properties:
- Config: disable_tls13 - Config: disable_tls13
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_TLS13 - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_DISABLE_TLS13
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -315,17 +336,35 @@ Disable TLS 1.3 (workaround for FTP servers with buggy TLS)
Maximum time to wait for data connection closing status. Maximum time to wait for data connection closing status.
Properties:
- Config: shut_timeout - Config: shut_timeout
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_SHUT_TIMEOUT - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_SHUT_TIMEOUT
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
- Default: 1m0s - Default: 1m0s
#### --ftp-ask-password
Allow asking for FTP password when needed.
If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will ask for a password
Properties:
- Config: ask_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_ASK_PASSWORD
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --ftp-encoding #### --ftp-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

88
docs/content/googlecloudstorage.md
View File

@ -281,10 +281,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-client-secret #### --gcs-client-secret
@ -292,10 +294,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-project-number #### --gcs-project-number
@ -303,10 +307,12 @@ Project number.
Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console. Optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
Properties:
- Config: project_number - Config: project_number
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_PROJECT_NUMBER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-service-account-file #### --gcs-service-account-file
@ -317,10 +323,12 @@ Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`. Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`.
Properties:
- Config: service_account_file - Config: service_account_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-service-account-credentials #### --gcs-service-account-credentials
@ -329,10 +337,12 @@ Service Account Credentials JSON blob.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login. Needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
Properties:
- Config: service_account_credentials - Config: service_account_credentials
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_SERVICE_ACCOUNT_CREDENTIALS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-anonymous #### --gcs-anonymous
@ -340,6 +350,8 @@ Access public buckets and objects without credentials.
Set to 'true' if you just want to download files and don't configure credentials. Set to 'true' if you just want to download files and don't configure credentials.
Properties:
- Config: anonymous - Config: anonymous
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_ANONYMOUS - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_ANONYMOUS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -349,10 +361,12 @@ Set to 'true' if you just want to download files and don't configure credentials
Access Control List for new objects. Access Control List for new objects.
Properties:
- Config: object_acl - Config: object_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_OBJECT_ACL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "authenticatedRead" - "authenticatedRead"
- Object owner gets OWNER access. - Object owner gets OWNER access.
@ -377,10 +391,12 @@ Access Control List for new objects.
Access Control List for new buckets. Access Control List for new buckets.
Properties:
- Config: bucket_acl - Config: bucket_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_ACL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "authenticatedRead" - "authenticatedRead"
- Project team owners get OWNER access. - Project team owners get OWNER access.
@ -413,6 +429,8 @@ When it is set, rclone:
Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only
Properties:
- Config: bucket_policy_only - Config: bucket_policy_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_POLICY_ONLY - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_BUCKET_POLICY_ONLY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -422,10 +440,12 @@ Docs: https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/bucket-policy-only
Location for the newly created buckets. Location for the newly created buckets.
Properties:
- Config: location - Config: location
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_LOCATION
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Empty for default location (US) - Empty for default location (US)
@ -441,12 +461,22 @@ Location for the newly created buckets.
- Hong Kong - Hong Kong
- "asia-northeast1" - "asia-northeast1"
- Tokyo - Tokyo
- "asia-northeast2"
- Osaka
- "asia-northeast3"
- Seoul
- "asia-south1" - "asia-south1"
- Mumbai - Mumbai
- "asia-south2"
- Delhi
- "asia-southeast1" - "asia-southeast1"
- Singapore - Singapore
- "asia-southeast2"
- Jakarta
- "australia-southeast1" - "australia-southeast1"
- Sydney - Sydney
- "australia-southeast2"
- Melbourne
- "europe-north1" - "europe-north1"
- Finland - Finland
- "europe-west1" - "europe-west1"
@ -457,6 +487,10 @@ Location for the newly created buckets.
- Frankfurt - Frankfurt
- "europe-west4" - "europe-west4"
- Netherlands - Netherlands
- "europe-west6"
- Zürich
- "europe-central2"
- Warsaw
- "us-central1" - "us-central1"
- Iowa - Iowa
- "us-east1" - "us-east1"
@ -467,15 +501,35 @@ Location for the newly created buckets.
- Oregon - Oregon
- "us-west2" - "us-west2"
- California - California
- "us-west3"
- Salt Lake City
- "us-west4"
- Las Vegas
- "northamerica-northeast1"
- Montréal
- "northamerica-northeast2"
- Toronto
- "southamerica-east1"
- São Paulo
- "southamerica-west1"
- Santiago
- "asia1"
- Dual region: asia-northeast1 and asia-northeast2.
- "eur4"
- Dual region: europe-north1 and europe-west4.
- "nam4"
- Dual region: us-central1 and us-east1.
#### --gcs-storage-class #### --gcs-storage-class
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage. The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
Properties:
- Config: storage_class - Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_STORAGE_CLASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Default - Default
@ -500,10 +554,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Sto
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-auth-url #### --gcs-auth-url
@ -511,10 +567,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-token-url #### --gcs-token-url
@ -522,17 +580,21 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gcs-encoding #### --gcs-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

34
docs/content/googlephotos.md
View File

@ -232,10 +232,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gphotos-client-secret #### --gphotos-client-secret
@ -243,10 +245,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gphotos-read-only #### --gphotos-read-only
@ -255,6 +259,8 @@ Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access If you choose read only then rclone will only request read only access
to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access. to your photos, otherwise rclone will request full access.
Properties:
- Config: read_only - Config: read_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_ONLY - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_ONLY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -268,10 +274,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to google photos (Google Photos).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gphotos-auth-url #### --gphotos-auth-url
@ -279,10 +287,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gphotos-token-url #### --gphotos-token-url
@ -290,10 +300,12 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --gphotos-read-size #### --gphotos-read-size
@ -305,6 +317,8 @@ rclone mount needs to know the size of files in advance of reading
them, so setting this flag when using rclone mount is recommended if them, so setting this flag when using rclone mount is recommended if
you want to read the media. you want to read the media.
Properties:
- Config: read_size - Config: read_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -314,6 +328,8 @@ you want to read the media.
Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year. Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year.
Properties:
- Config: start_year - Config: start_year
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -323,7 +339,7 @@ Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the gi
Also view and download archived media. Also view and download archived media.
By default rclone does not request archived media. Thus, when syncing, By default, rclone does not request archived media. Thus, when syncing,
archived media is not visible in directory listings or transferred. archived media is not visible in directory listings or transferred.
Note that media in albums is always visible and synced, no matter Note that media in albums is always visible and synced, no matter
@ -335,6 +351,8 @@ listings and transferred.
Without this flag, archived media will not be visible in directory Without this flag, archived media will not be visible in directory
listings and won't be transferred. listings and won't be transferred.
Properties:
- Config: include_archived - Config: include_archived
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_INCLUDE_ARCHIVED - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_INCLUDE_ARCHIVED
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -342,10 +360,12 @@ listings and won't be transferred.
#### --gphotos-encoding #### --gphotos-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

12
docs/content/hasher.md
View File

@ -178,15 +178,19 @@ Here are the standard options specific to hasher (Better checksums for other rem
Remote to cache checksums for (e.g. myRemote:path). Remote to cache checksums for (e.g. myRemote:path).
Properties:
- Config: remote - Config: remote
- Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_REMOTE - Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_REMOTE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --hasher-hashes #### --hasher-hashes
Comma separated list of supported checksum types. Comma separated list of supported checksum types.
Properties:
- Config: hashes - Config: hashes
- Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_HASHES - Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_HASHES
- Type: CommaSepList - Type: CommaSepList
@ -196,6 +200,8 @@ Comma separated list of supported checksum types.
Maximum time to keep checksums in cache (0 = no cache, off = cache forever). Maximum time to keep checksums in cache (0 = no cache, off = cache forever).
Properties:
- Config: max_age - Config: max_age
- Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_MAX_AGE - Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_MAX_AGE
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -209,6 +215,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to hasher (Better checksums for other rem
Auto-update checksum for files smaller than this size (disabled by default). Auto-update checksum for files smaller than this size (disabled by default).
Properties:
- Config: auto_size - Config: auto_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_AUTO_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_HASHER_AUTO_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -228,7 +236,7 @@ See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments. info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command). [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### drop ### drop

20
docs/content/hdfs.md
View File

@ -159,19 +159,23 @@ Hadoop name node and port.
E.g. "namenode:8020" to connect to host namenode at port 8020. E.g. "namenode:8020" to connect to host namenode at port 8020.
Properties:
- Config: namenode - Config: namenode
- Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_NAMENODE - Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_NAMENODE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --hdfs-username #### --hdfs-username
Hadoop user name. Hadoop user name.
Properties:
- Config: username - Config: username
- Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_USERNAME - Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_USERNAME
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "root" - "root"
- Connect to hdfs as root. - Connect to hdfs as root.
@ -188,10 +192,12 @@ Enables KERBEROS authentication. Specifies the Service Principal Name
(SERVICE/FQDN) for the namenode. E.g. \"hdfs/namenode.hadoop.docker\" (SERVICE/FQDN) for the namenode. E.g. \"hdfs/namenode.hadoop.docker\"
for namenode running as service 'hdfs' with FQDN 'namenode.hadoop.docker'. for namenode running as service 'hdfs' with FQDN 'namenode.hadoop.docker'.
Properties:
- Config: service_principal_name - Config: service_principal_name
- Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_NAME - Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_SERVICE_PRINCIPAL_NAME
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --hdfs-data-transfer-protection #### --hdfs-data-transfer-protection
@ -202,20 +208,24 @@ checks, and wire encryption is required when communicating the the
datanodes. Possible values are 'authentication', 'integrity' and datanodes. Possible values are 'authentication', 'integrity' and
'privacy'. Used only with KERBEROS enabled. 'privacy'. Used only with KERBEROS enabled.
Properties:
- Config: data_transfer_protection - Config: data_transfer_protection
- Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_DATA_TRANSFER_PROTECTION - Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_DATA_TRANSFER_PROTECTION
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "privacy" - "privacy"
- Ensure authentication, integrity and encryption enabled. - Ensure authentication, integrity and encryption enabled.
#### --hdfs-encoding #### --hdfs-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_HDFS_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

19
docs/content/http.md
View File

@ -134,10 +134,12 @@ URL of http host to connect to.
E.g. "https://example.com", or "https://user:pass@example.com" to use a username and password. E.g. "https://example.com", or "https://user:pass@example.com" to use a username and password.
Properties:
- Config: url - Config: url
- Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -152,10 +154,11 @@ Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions.
The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard
[CSV encoding](https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used. [CSV encoding](https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used.
For example to set a Cookie use 'Cookie,name=value', or '"Cookie","name=value"'. For example, to set a Cookie use 'Cookie,name=value', or '"Cookie","name=value"'.
You can set multiple headers, e.g. '"Cookie","name=value","Authorization","xxx"'. You can set multiple headers, e.g. '"Cookie","name=value","Authorization","xxx"'.
Properties:
- Config: headers - Config: headers
- Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_HEADERS - Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_HEADERS
@ -177,6 +180,8 @@ URLs from them rather than downloading them.
Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with Note that this may cause rclone to confuse genuine HTML files with
directories. directories.
Properties:
- Config: no_slash - Config: no_slash
- Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_SLASH - Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_SLASH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -184,8 +189,9 @@ directories.
#### --http-no-head #### --http-no-head
Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing. Don't use HEAD requests.
HEAD requests are mainly used to find file sizes in dir listing.
If your site is being very slow to load then you can try this option. If your site is being very slow to load then you can try this option.
Normally rclone does a HEAD request for each potential file in a Normally rclone does a HEAD request for each potential file in a
directory listing to: directory listing to:
@ -195,11 +201,10 @@ directory listing to:
- check to see if it is a directory - check to see if it is a directory
If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request. This will mean If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request. This will mean
that directory listings are much quicker, but rclone won't have the times or
sizes of any files, and some files that don't exist may be in the listing.
- directory listings are much quicker Properties:
- rclone won't have the times or sizes of any files
- some files that don't exist may be in the listing
- Config: no_head - Config: no_head
- Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_HEAD - Env Var: RCLONE_HTTP_NO_HEAD

28
docs/content/hubic.md
View File

@ -117,10 +117,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --hubic-client-secret #### --hubic-client-secret
@ -128,10 +130,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -141,10 +145,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to hubic (Hubic).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --hubic-auth-url #### --hubic-auth-url
@ -152,10 +158,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --hubic-token-url #### --hubic-token-url
@ -163,10 +171,12 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --hubic-chunk-size #### --hubic-chunk-size
@ -175,6 +185,8 @@ Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The
default for this is 5 GiB which is its maximum value. default for this is 5 GiB which is its maximum value.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -193,6 +205,8 @@ files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal
copy operations. copy operations.
Properties:
- Config: no_chunk - Config: no_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_NO_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_NO_CHUNK
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -200,10 +214,12 @@ copy operations.
#### --hubic-encoding #### --hubic-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

14
docs/content/jottacloud.md
View File

@ -241,6 +241,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).
Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.
Properties:
- Config: md5_memory_limit - Config: md5_memory_limit
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT - Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -252,6 +254,8 @@ Only show files that are in the trash.
This will show trashed files in their original directory structure. This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
Properties:
- Config: trashed_only - Config: trashed_only
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY - Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -261,6 +265,8 @@ This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash. Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Properties:
- Config: hard_delete - Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_HARD_DELETE - Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -270,6 +276,8 @@ Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's.
Properties:
- Config: upload_resume_limit - Config: upload_resume_limit
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UPLOAD_RESUME_LIMIT - Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_UPLOAD_RESUME_LIMIT
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -279,6 +287,8 @@ Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's.
Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of overwriting them. Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of overwriting them.
Properties:
- Config: no_versions - Config: no_versions
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_NO_VERSIONS - Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_NO_VERSIONS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -286,10 +296,12 @@ Avoid server side versioning by deleting files and recreating files instead of o
#### --jottacloud-encoding #### --jottacloud-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

34
docs/content/local.md
View File

@ -333,10 +333,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).
Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows. Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows.
Properties:
- Config: nounc - Config: nounc
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NOUNC - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NOUNC
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "true" - "true"
- Disables long file names. - Disables long file names.
@ -345,6 +347,8 @@ Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows.
Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item. Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
Properties:
- Config: copy_links - Config: copy_links
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_COPY_LINKS - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_COPY_LINKS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -354,6 +358,8 @@ Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension. Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension.
Properties:
- Config: links - Config: links
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_LINKS - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_LINKS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -366,6 +372,8 @@ Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction
points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped. points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.
Properties:
- Config: skip_links - Config: skip_links
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_SKIP_LINKS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -384,6 +392,8 @@ Rclone used to use the Stat size of links as the link size, but this fails in qu
So rclone now always reads the link. So rclone now always reads the link.
Properties:
- Config: zero_size_links - Config: zero_size_links
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ZERO_SIZE_LINKS - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ZERO_SIZE_LINKS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -406,6 +416,8 @@ some OSes.
Note that rclone compares filenames with unicode normalization in the sync Note that rclone compares filenames with unicode normalization in the sync
routine so this flag shouldn't normally be used. routine so this flag shouldn't normally be used.
Properties:
- Config: unicode_normalization - Config: unicode_normalization
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_UNICODE_NORMALIZATION - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_UNICODE_NORMALIZATION
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -440,6 +452,8 @@ time we:
Properties:
- Config: no_check_updated - Config: no_check_updated
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_CHECK_UPDATED - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_CHECK_UPDATED
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -449,6 +463,8 @@ time we:
Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only). Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
Properties:
- Config: one_file_system - Config: one_file_system
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ONE_FILE_SYSTEM - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ONE_FILE_SYSTEM
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -462,6 +478,8 @@ Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on
Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag
to override the default choice. to override the default choice.
Properties:
- Config: case_sensitive - Config: case_sensitive
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_SENSITIVE - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_SENSITIVE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -475,6 +493,8 @@ Normally the local backend declares itself as case insensitive on
Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag Windows/macOS and case sensitive for everything else. Use this flag
to override the default choice. to override the default choice.
Properties:
- Config: case_insensitive - Config: case_insensitive
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_INSENSITIVE - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_INSENSITIVE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -490,6 +510,8 @@ Stream) may incorrectly set the actual file size equal to the
preallocated space, causing checksum and file size checks to fail. preallocated space, causing checksum and file size checks to fail.
Use this flag to disable preallocation. Use this flag to disable preallocation.
Properties:
- Config: no_preallocate - Config: no_preallocate
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_PREALLOCATE - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_PREALLOCATE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -504,6 +526,8 @@ multi-thread downloads. This avoids long pauses on large files where
the OS zeros the file. However sparse files may be undesirable as they the OS zeros the file. However sparse files may be undesirable as they
cause disk fragmentation and can be slow to work with. cause disk fragmentation and can be slow to work with.
Properties:
- Config: no_sparse - Config: no_sparse
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -519,6 +543,8 @@ the user rclone is running as does not own the file uploaded, such as
when copying to a CIFS mount owned by another user. If this option is when copying to a CIFS mount owned by another user. If this option is
enabled, rclone will no longer update the modtime after copying a file. enabled, rclone will no longer update the modtime after copying a file.
Properties:
- Config: no_set_modtime - Config: no_set_modtime
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SET_MODTIME - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SET_MODTIME
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -526,10 +552,12 @@ enabled, rclone will no longer update the modtime after copying a file.
#### --local-encoding #### --local-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder
@ -549,7 +577,7 @@ See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments. info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command). [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### noop ### noop

30
docs/content/mailru.md
View File

@ -162,10 +162,12 @@ Here are the standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).
User name (usually email). User name (usually email).
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --mailru-pass #### --mailru-pass
@ -173,10 +175,12 @@ Password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: pass - Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --mailru-speedup-enable #### --mailru-speedup-enable
@ -191,6 +195,8 @@ content hash in advance and decide whether full upload is required.
Also, if rclone does not know file size in advance (e.g. in case of Also, if rclone does not know file size in advance (e.g. in case of
streaming or partial uploads), it will not even try this optimization. streaming or partial uploads), it will not even try this optimization.
Properties:
- Config: speedup_enable - Config: speedup_enable
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_ENABLE - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_ENABLE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -211,6 +217,8 @@ Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash).
Patterns are case insensitive and can contain '*' or '?' meta characters. Patterns are case insensitive and can contain '*' or '?' meta characters.
Properties:
- Config: speedup_file_patterns - Config: speedup_file_patterns
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_FILE_PATTERNS - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_FILE_PATTERNS
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -231,6 +239,8 @@ This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files.
Reason is that preliminary hashing can exhaust your RAM or disk space. Reason is that preliminary hashing can exhaust your RAM or disk space.
Properties:
- Config: speedup_max_disk - Config: speedup_max_disk
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_DISK - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_DISK
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -247,6 +257,8 @@ Reason is that preliminary hashing can exhaust your RAM or disk space.
Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk.
Properties:
- Config: speedup_max_memory - Config: speedup_max_memory
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_MEMORY - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_SPEEDUP_MAX_MEMORY
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -263,6 +275,8 @@ Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk.
What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid. What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid.
Properties:
- Config: check_hash - Config: check_hash
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_CHECK_HASH - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_CHECK_HASH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -279,10 +293,12 @@ HTTP user agent used internally by client.
Defaults to "rclone/VERSION" or "--user-agent" provided on command line. Defaults to "rclone/VERSION" or "--user-agent" provided on command line.
Properties:
- Config: user_agent - Config: user_agent
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER_AGENT - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_USER_AGENT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --mailru-quirks #### --mailru-quirks
@ -294,17 +310,21 @@ flags is not documented and not guaranteed to persist between releases.
Quirks will be removed when the backend grows stable. Quirks will be removed when the backend grows stable.
Supported quirks: atomicmkdir binlist unknowndirs Supported quirks: atomicmkdir binlist unknowndirs
Properties:
- Config: quirks - Config: quirks
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_QUIRKS - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_QUIRKS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --mailru-encoding #### --mailru-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

16
docs/content/mega.md
View File

@ -160,10 +160,12 @@ Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).
User name. User name.
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --mega-pass #### --mega-pass
@ -171,10 +173,12 @@ Password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: pass - Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -187,6 +191,8 @@ Output more debug from Mega.
If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging If this flag is set (along with -vv) it will print further debugging
information from the mega backend. information from the mega backend.
Properties:
- Config: debug - Config: debug
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_DEBUG - Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_DEBUG
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -200,6 +206,8 @@ Normally the mega backend will put all deletions into the trash rather
than permanently deleting them. If you specify this then rclone will than permanently deleting them. If you specify this then rclone will
permanently delete objects instead. permanently delete objects instead.
Properties:
- Config: hard_delete - Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_HARD_DELETE - Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -207,10 +215,12 @@ permanently delete objects instead.
#### --mega-encoding #### --mega-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

276
docs/content/netstorage.md Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
---
title: "Akamai Netstorage"
description: "Rclone docs for Akamai NetStorage"
---
{{< icon "fas fa-database" >}} Akamai NetStorage
-------------------------------------------------
Paths are specified as `remote:`
You may put subdirectories in too, e.g. `remote:/path/to/dir`.
If you have a CP code you can use that as the folder after the domain such as \<domain>\/\<cpcode>\/\<internal directories within cpcode>.
For example, this is commonly configured with or without a CP code:
* **With a CP code**. `[your-domain-prefix]-nsu.akamaihd.net/123456/subdirectory/`
* **Without a CP code**. `[your-domain-prefix]-nsu.akamaihd.net`
See all buckets
rclone lsd remote:
The initial setup for Netstorage involves getting an account and secret. Use `rclone config` to walk you through the setup process.
Here's an example of how to make a remote called `ns1`.
1. To begin the interactive configuration process, enter this command:
```
rclone config
```
2. Type `n` to create a new remote.
```
n) New remote
d) Delete remote
q) Quit config
e/n/d/q> n
```
3. For this example, enter `ns1` when you reach the name> prompt.
```
name> ns1
```
4. Enter `netstorage` as the type of storage to configure.
```
Type of storage to configure.
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
XX / NetStorage
\ "netstorage"
Storage> netstorage
```
5. Select between the HTTP or HTTPS protocol. Most users should choose HTTPS, which is the default. HTTP is provided primarily for debugging purposes.
```
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
1 / HTTP protocol
\ "http"
2 / HTTPS protocol
\ "https"
protocol> 1
```
6. Specify your NetStorage host, CP code, and any necessary content paths using this format: `<domain>/<cpcode>/<content>/`
```
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
host> baseball-nsu.akamaihd.net/123456/content/
```
7. Set the netstorage account name
```
Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
account> username
```
8. Set the Netstorage account secret/G2O key which will be used for authentication purposes. Select the `y` option to set your own password then enter your secret.
Note: The secret is stored in the `rclone.conf` file with hex-encoded encryption.
```
y) Yes type in my own password
g) Generate random password
y/g> y
Enter the password:
password:
Confirm the password:
password:
```
9. View the summary and confirm your remote configuration.
```
[ns1]
type = netstorage
protocol = http
host = baseball-nsu.akamaihd.net/123456/content/
account = username
secret = *** ENCRYPTED ***
--------------------
y) Yes this is OK (default)
e) Edit this remote
d) Delete this remote
y/e/d> y
```
This remote is called `ns1` and can now be used.
### Example operations
Get started with rclone and NetStorage with these examples. For additional rclone commands, visit https://rclone.org/commands/.
##### See contents of a directory in your project
rclone lsd ns1:/974012/testing/
##### Sync the contents local with remote
rclone sync . ns1:/974012/testing/
##### Upload local content to remote
rclone copy notes.txt ns1:/974012/testing/
##### Delete content on remote
rclone delete ns1:/974012/testing/notes.txt
##### Move or copy content between CP codes.
Your credentials must have access to two CP codes on the same remote. You can't perform operations between different remotes.
rclone move ns1:/974012/testing/notes.txt ns1:/974450/testing2/
### Symlink Support
The Netstorage backend changes the rclone `--links, -l` behavior. When uploading, instead of creating the .rclonelink file, use the "symlink" API in order to create the corresponding symlink on the remote. The .rclonelink file will not be created, the upload will be intercepted and only the symlink file that matches the source file name with no suffix will be created on the remote.
This will effectively allow commands like copy/copyto, move/moveto and sync to upload from local to remote and download from remote to local directories with symlinks. Due to internal rclone limitations, it is not possible to upload an individual symlink file to any remote backend. You can always use the "backend symlink" command to create a symlink on the NetStorage server, refer to "symlink" section below.
Individual symlink files on the remote can be used with the commands like "cat" to print the destination name, or "delete" to delete symlink, or copy, copy/to and move/moveto to download from the remote to local. Note: individual symlink files on the remote should be specified including the suffix .rclonelink.
**Note**: No file with the suffix .rclonelink should ever exist on the server since it is not possible to actually upload/create a file with .rclonelink suffix with rclone, it can only exist if it is manually created through a non-rclone method on the remote.
### Implicit vs. Explicit Directories
With NetStorage, directories can exist in one of two forms:
1. **Explicit Directory**. This is an actual, physical directory that you have created in a storage group.
2. **Implicit Directory**. This refers to a directory within a path that has not been physically created. For example, during upload of a file, non-existent subdirectories can be specified in the target path. NetStorage creates these as "implicit." While the directories aren't physically created, they exist implicitly and the noted path is connected with the uploaded file.
Rclone will intercept all file uploads and mkdir commands for the NetStorage remote and will explicitly issue the mkdir command for each directory in the uploading path. This will help with the interoperability with the other Akamai services such as SFTP and the Content Management Shell (CMShell). Rclone will not guarantee correctness of operations with implicit directories which might have been created as a result of using an upload API directly.
### ListR Feature
NetStorage remote supports the ListR feature by using the "list" NetStorage API action to return a lexicographical list of all objects within the specified CP code, recursing into subdirectories as they're encountered.
* **Rclone will use the ListR method for some commands by default**. Commands such as `lsf -R` will use ListR by default. To disable this, include the `--disable listR` option to use the non-recursive method of listing objects.
* **Rclone will not use the ListR method for some commands**. Commands such as `sync` don't use ListR by default. To force using the ListR method, include the `--fast-list` option.
There are pros and cons of using the ListR method, refer to [rclone documentation](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list). In general, the sync command over an existing deep tree on the remote will run faster with the "--fast-list" flag but with extra memory usage as a side effect. It might also result in higher CPU utilization but the whole task can be completed faster.
**Note**: There is a known limitation that "lsf -R" will display number of files in the directory and directory size as -1 when ListR method is used. The workaround is to pass "--disable listR" flag if these numbers are important in the output.
### Purge Feature
NetStorage remote supports the purge feature by using the "quick-delete" NetStorage API action. The quick-delete action is disabled by default for security reasons and can be enabled for the account through the Akamai portal. Rclone will first try to use quick-delete action for the purge command and if this functionality is disabled then will fall back to a standard delete method.
**Note**: Read the [NetStorage Usage API](https://learn.akamai.com/en-us/webhelp/netstorage/netstorage-http-api-developer-guide/GUID-15836617-9F50-405A-833C-EA2556756A30.html) for considerations when using "quick-delete". In general, using quick-delete method will not delete the tree immediately and objects targeted for quick-delete may still be accessible.
{{< rem autogenerated options start" - DO NOT EDIT - instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/netstorage/netstorage.go then run make backenddocs" >}}
### Standard options
Here are the standard options specific to netstorage (Akamai NetStorage).
#### --netstorage-host
Domain+path of NetStorage host to connect to.
Format should be <domain>/<internal folders>
Properties:
- Config: host
- Env Var: RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_HOST
- Type: string
- Required: true
#### --netstorage-account
Set the NetStorage account name
Properties:
- Config: account
- Env Var: RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_ACCOUNT
- Type: string
- Required: true
#### --netstorage-secret
Set the NetStorage account secret/G2O key for authentication.
Please choose the 'y' option to set your own password then enter your secret.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_SECRET
- Type: string
- Required: true
### Advanced options
Here are the advanced options specific to netstorage (Akamai NetStorage).
#### --netstorage-protocol
Select between HTTP or HTTPS protocol.
Most users should choose HTTPS, which is the default.
HTTP is provided primarily for debugging purposes.
Properties:
- Config: protocol
- Env Var: RCLONE_NETSTORAGE_PROTOCOL
- Type: string
- Default: "https"
- Examples:
- "http"
- HTTP protocol
- "https"
- HTTPS protocol
## Backend commands
Here are the commands specific to the netstorage backend.
Run them with
rclone backend COMMAND remote:
The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### du
Return disk usage information for a specified directory
rclone backend du remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
The usage information returned, includes the targeted directory as well as all
files stored in any sub-directories that may exist.
### symlink
You can create a symbolic link in ObjectStore with the symlink action.
rclone backend symlink remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
The desired path location (including applicable sub-directories) ending in
the object that will be the target of the symlink (for example, /links/mylink).
Include the file extension for the object, if applicable.
rclone backend symlink <src> <path>
{{< rem autogenerated options stop >}}

87
docs/content/onedrive.md
View File

@ -204,10 +204,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-client-secret #### --onedrive-client-secret
@ -215,15 +217,19 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-region #### --onedrive-region
Choose national cloud region for OneDrive. Choose national cloud region for OneDrive.
Properties:
- Config: region - Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_REGION - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_REGION
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -246,10 +252,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-auth-url #### --onedrive-auth-url
@ -257,10 +265,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-token-url #### --onedrive-token-url
@ -268,10 +278,12 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-chunk-size #### --onedrive-chunk-size
@ -281,6 +293,8 @@ Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes)
should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you may encounter \"Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException: The request message is too big.\" should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you may encounter \"Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException: The request message is too big.\"
Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory. Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -290,30 +304,69 @@ Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
The ID of the drive to use. The ID of the drive to use.
Properties:
- Config: drive_id - Config: drive_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-drive-type #### --onedrive-drive-type
The type of the drive (personal | business | documentLibrary). The type of the drive (personal | business | documentLibrary).
Properties:
- Config: drive_type - Config: drive_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_TYPE - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DRIVE_TYPE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-root-folder-id
ID of the root folder.
This isn't normally needed, but in special circumstances you might
know the folder ID that you wish to access but not be able to get
there through a path traversal.
Properties:
- Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string
- Required: false
#### --onedrive-disable-site-permission
Disable the request for Sites.Read.All permission.
If set to true, you will no longer be able to search for a SharePoint site when
configuring drive ID, because rclone will not request Sites.Read.All permission.
Set it to true if your organization didn't assign Sites.Read.All permission to the
application, and your organization disallows users to consent app permission
request on their own.
Properties:
- Config: disable_site_permission
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_DISABLE_SITE_PERMISSION
- Type: bool
- Default: false
#### --onedrive-expose-onenote-files #### --onedrive-expose-onenote-files
Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings. Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
By default rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because By default, rclone will hide OneNote files in directory listings because
operations like "Open" and "Update" won't work on them. But this operations like "Open" and "Update" won't work on them. But this
behaviour may also prevent you from deleting them. If you want to behaviour may also prevent you from deleting them. If you want to
delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in directory delete OneNote files or otherwise want them to show up in directory
listing, set this option. listing, set this option.
Properties:
- Config: expose_onenote_files - Config: expose_onenote_files
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -327,6 +380,8 @@ This will only work if you are copying between two OneDrive *Personal* drives AN
the files to copy are already shared between them. In other cases, rclone will the files to copy are already shared between them. In other cases, rclone will
fall back to normal copy (which will be slightly slower). fall back to normal copy (which will be slightly slower).
Properties:
- Config: server_side_across_configs - Config: server_side_across_configs
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -336,6 +391,8 @@ fall back to normal copy (which will be slightly slower).
Size of listing chunk. Size of listing chunk.
Properties:
- Config: list_chunk - Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LIST_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -357,6 +414,8 @@ modification time and removes all but the last version.
this flag there. this flag there.
Properties:
- Config: no_versions - Config: no_versions
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_NO_VERSIONS - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_NO_VERSIONS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -366,6 +425,8 @@ this flag there.
Set the scope of the links created by the link command. Set the scope of the links created by the link command.
Properties:
- Config: link_scope - Config: link_scope
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_SCOPE - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_SCOPE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -383,6 +444,8 @@ Set the scope of the links created by the link command.
Set the type of the links created by the link command. Set the type of the links created by the link command.
Properties:
- Config: link_type - Config: link_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_TYPE - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_TYPE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -402,17 +465,21 @@ Set the password for links created by the link command.
At the time of writing this only works with OneDrive personal paid accounts. At the time of writing this only works with OneDrive personal paid accounts.
Properties:
- Config: link_password - Config: link_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_LINK_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --onedrive-encoding #### --onedrive-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

14
docs/content/opendrive.md
View File

@ -108,10 +108,12 @@ Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
Username. Username.
Properties:
- Config: username - Config: username
- Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_USERNAME - Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_USERNAME
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --opendrive-password #### --opendrive-password
@ -119,10 +121,12 @@ Password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: password - Config: password
- Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -130,10 +134,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
#### --opendrive-encoding #### --opendrive-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder
@ -146,6 +152,8 @@ Files will be uploaded in chunks this size.
Note that these chunks are buffered in memory so increasing them will Note that these chunks are buffered in memory so increasing them will
increase memory use. increase memory use.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix

28
docs/content/pcloud.md
View File

@ -145,10 +145,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --pcloud-client-secret #### --pcloud-client-secret
@ -156,10 +158,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -169,10 +173,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --pcloud-auth-url #### --pcloud-auth-url
@ -180,10 +186,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --pcloud-token-url #### --pcloud-token-url
@ -191,17 +199,21 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --pcloud-encoding #### --pcloud-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder
@ -211,6 +223,8 @@ See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point. Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
Properties:
- Config: root_folder_id - Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -225,6 +239,8 @@ however you will need to set it by hand if you are using remote config
with rclone authorize. with rclone authorize.
Properties:
- Config: hostname - Config: hostname
- Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_HOSTNAME - Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_HOSTNAME
- Type: string - Type: string

8
docs/content/premiumizeme.md
View File

@ -113,10 +113,12 @@ API Key.
This is not normally used - use oauth instead. This is not normally used - use oauth instead.
Properties:
- Config: api_key - Config: api_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_API_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_API_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -124,10 +126,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
#### --premiumizeme-encoding #### --premiumizeme-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

4
docs/content/putio.md
View File

@ -115,10 +115,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).
#### --putio-encoding #### --putio-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

30
docs/content/qingstor.md
View File

@ -152,6 +152,8 @@ Get QingStor credentials from runtime.
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Properties:
- Config: env_auth - Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENV_AUTH - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -168,10 +170,12 @@ QingStor Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Properties:
- Config: access_key_id - Config: access_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ACCESS_KEY_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --qingstor-secret-access-key #### --qingstor-secret-access-key
@ -179,10 +183,12 @@ QingStor Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Properties:
- Config: secret_access_key - Config: secret_access_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --qingstor-endpoint #### --qingstor-endpoint
@ -190,10 +196,12 @@ Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443". Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443".
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --qingstor-zone #### --qingstor-zone
@ -201,10 +209,12 @@ Zone to connect to.
Default is "pek3a". Default is "pek3a".
Properties:
- Config: zone - Config: zone
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ZONE - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ZONE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "pek3a" - "pek3a"
- The Beijing (China) Three Zone. - The Beijing (China) Three Zone.
@ -224,6 +234,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
Number of connection retries. Number of connection retries.
Properties:
- Config: connection_retries - Config: connection_retries
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CONNECTION_RETRIES - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CONNECTION_RETRIES
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -236,6 +248,8 @@ Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -254,6 +268,8 @@ in memory per transfer.
If you are transferring large files over high-speed links and you have If you are transferring large files over high-speed links and you have
enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers. enough memory, then increasing this will speed up the transfers.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -273,6 +289,8 @@ If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed links
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers. this may help to speed up the transfers.
Properties:
- Config: upload_concurrency - Config: upload_concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -280,10 +298,12 @@ this may help to speed up the transfers.
#### --qingstor-encoding #### --qingstor-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

66
docs/content/rc.md
View File

@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried
The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to --bwlimit The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to --bwlimit
except only one bandwidth may be specified. except only one bandwidth may be specified.
In either case "rate" is returned as a human readable string, and In either case "rate" is returned as a human-readable string, and
"bytesPerSecond" is returned as a number. "bytesPerSecond" is returned as a number.
### core/command: Run a rclone terminal command over rc. {#core-command} ### core/command: Run a rclone terminal command over rc. {#core-command}
@ -1497,6 +1497,32 @@ check that parameter passing is working properly.
**Authentication is required for this call.** **Authentication is required for this call.**
### sync/bisync: Perform bidirectonal synchronization between two paths. {#sync-bisync}
This takes the following parameters
- path1 - a remote directory string e.g. `drive:path1`
- path2 - a remote directory string e.g. `drive:path2`
- dryRun - dry-run mode
- resync - performs the resync run
- checkAccess - abort if RCLONE_TEST files are not found on both filesystems
- checkFilename - file name for checkAccess (default: RCLONE_TEST)
- maxDelete - abort sync if percentage of deleted files is above
this threshold (default: 50)
- force - maxDelete safety check and run the sync
- checkSync - `true` by default, `false` disables comparison of final listings,
`only` will skip sync, only compare listings from the last run
- removeEmptyDirs - remove empty directories at the final cleanup step
- filtersFile - read filtering patterns from a file
- workdir - server directory for history files (default: /home/ncw/.cache/rclone/bisync)
- noCleanup - retain working files
See [bisync command help](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_bisync/)
and [full bisync description](https://rclone.org/bisync/)
for more information.
**Authentication is required for this call.**
### sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync-copy} ### sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync-copy}
This takes the following parameters: This takes the following parameters:
@ -1610,6 +1636,44 @@ starting with dir will refresh that directory, e.g.
If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree
will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled. will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not
supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be
used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter
must be supplied.
### vfs/stats: Stats for a VFS. {#vfs-stats}
This returns stats for the selected VFS.
{
// Status of the disk cache - only present if --vfs-cache-mode > off
"diskCache": {
"bytesUsed": 0,
"erroredFiles": 0,
"files": 0,
"hashType": 1,
"outOfSpace": false,
"path": "/home/user/.cache/rclone/vfs/local/mnt/a",
"pathMeta": "/home/user/.cache/rclone/vfsMeta/local/mnt/a",
"uploadsInProgress": 0,
"uploadsQueued": 0
},
"fs": "/mnt/a",
"inUse": 1,
// Status of the in memory metadata cache
"metadataCache": {
"dirs": 1,
"files": 0
},
// Options as returned by options/get
"opt": {
"CacheMaxAge": 3600000000000,
// ...
"WriteWait": 1000000000
}
}
This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not This command takes an "fs" parameter. If this parameter is not
supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be supplied and if there is only one VFS in use then that VFS will be
used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter used. If there is more than one VFS in use then the "fs" parameter

442
docs/content/s3.md
View File

@ -566,16 +566,18 @@ A simple solution is to set the `--s3-upload-cutoff 0` and force all the files t
{{< rem autogenerated options start" - DO NOT EDIT - instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs" >}} {{< rem autogenerated options start" - DO NOT EDIT - instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs" >}}
### Standard options ### Standard options
Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, SeaweedFS, and Tencent COS). Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Lyve Cloud, Minio, RackCorp, SeaweedFS, and Tencent COS).
#### --s3-provider #### --s3-provider
Choose your S3 provider. Choose your S3 provider.
Properties:
- Config: provider - Config: provider
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROVIDER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "AWS" - "AWS"
- Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3 - Amazon Web Services (AWS) S3
@ -589,16 +591,22 @@ Choose your S3 provider.
- Dreamhost DreamObjects - Dreamhost DreamObjects
- "IBMCOS" - "IBMCOS"
- IBM COS S3 - IBM COS S3
- "LyveCloud"
- Seagate Lyve Cloud
- "Minio" - "Minio"
- Minio Object Storage - Minio Object Storage
- "Netease" - "Netease"
- Netease Object Storage (NOS) - Netease Object Storage (NOS)
- "RackCorp"
- RackCorp Object Storage
- "Scaleway" - "Scaleway"
- Scaleway Object Storage - Scaleway Object Storage
- "SeaweedFS" - "SeaweedFS"
- SeaweedFS S3 - SeaweedFS S3
- "StackPath" - "StackPath"
- StackPath Object Storage - StackPath Object Storage
- "Storj"
- Storj (S3 Compatible Gateway)
- "TencentCOS" - "TencentCOS"
- Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS) - Tencent Cloud Object Storage (COS)
- "Wasabi" - "Wasabi"
@ -612,6 +620,8 @@ Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if
Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
Properties:
- Config: env_auth - Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -628,10 +638,12 @@ AWS Access Key ID.
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Properties:
- Config: access_key_id - Config: access_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-secret-access-key #### --s3-secret-access-key
@ -639,19 +651,24 @@ AWS Secret Access Key (password).
Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials. Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
Properties:
- Config: secret_access_key - Config: secret_access_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-region #### --s3-region
Region to connect to. Region to connect to.
Properties:
- Config: region - Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Provider: AWS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "us-east-1" - "us-east-1"
- The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure. - The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
@ -732,12 +749,67 @@ Region to connect to.
#### --s3-region #### --s3-region
Region to connect to. region - the location where your bucket will be created and your data stored.
Properties:
- Config: region - Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Provider: RackCorp
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples:
- "global"
- Global CDN (All locations) Region
- "au"
- Australia (All states)
- "au-nsw"
- NSW (Australia) Region
- "au-qld"
- QLD (Australia) Region
- "au-vic"
- VIC (Australia) Region
- "au-wa"
- Perth (Australia) Region
- "ph"
- Manila (Philippines) Region
- "th"
- Bangkok (Thailand) Region
- "hk"
- HK (Hong Kong) Region
- "mn"
- Ulaanbaatar (Mongolia) Region
- "kg"
- Bishkek (Kyrgyzstan) Region
- "id"
- Jakarta (Indonesia) Region
- "jp"
- Tokyo (Japan) Region
- "sg"
- SG (Singapore) Region
- "de"
- Frankfurt (Germany) Region
- "us"
- USA (AnyCast) Region
- "us-east-1"
- New York (USA) Region
- "us-west-1"
- Freemont (USA) Region
- "nz"
- Auckland (New Zealand) Region
#### --s3-region
Region to connect to.
Properties:
- Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Provider: Scaleway
- Type: string
- Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "nl-ams" - "nl-ams"
- Amsterdam, The Netherlands - Amsterdam, The Netherlands
@ -750,10 +822,13 @@ Region to connect to.
Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don't have a region. Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don't have a region.
Properties:
- Config: region - Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REGION
- Provider: !AWS,Alibaba,RackCorp,Scaleway,Storj,TencentCOS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Use this if unsure. - Use this if unsure.
@ -768,10 +843,13 @@ Endpoint for S3 API.
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region. Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: AWS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-endpoint #### --s3-endpoint
@ -779,10 +857,13 @@ Endpoint for IBM COS S3 API.
Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise. Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: IBMCOS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "s3.us.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud" - "s3.us.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud"
- US Cross Region Endpoint - US Cross Region Endpoint
@ -913,10 +994,13 @@ Specify if using an IBM COS On Premise.
Endpoint for OSS API. Endpoint for OSS API.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: Alibaba
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "oss-accelerate.aliyuncs.com" - "oss-accelerate.aliyuncs.com"
- Global Accelerate - Global Accelerate
@ -973,10 +1057,13 @@ Endpoint for OSS API.
Endpoint for Scaleway Object Storage. Endpoint for Scaleway Object Storage.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: Scaleway
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud" - "s3.nl-ams.scw.cloud"
- Amsterdam Endpoint - Amsterdam Endpoint
@ -987,10 +1074,13 @@ Endpoint for Scaleway Object Storage.
Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage. Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: StackPath
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "s3.us-east-2.stackpathstorage.com" - "s3.us-east-2.stackpathstorage.com"
- US East Endpoint - US East Endpoint
@ -1001,12 +1091,34 @@ Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage.
#### --s3-endpoint #### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for Tencent COS API. Endpoint of the Shared Gateway.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: Storj
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples:
- "gateway.eu1.storjshare.io"
- EU1 Shared Gateway
- "gateway.us1.storjshare.io"
- US1 Shared Gateway
- "gateway.ap1.storjshare.io"
- Asia-Pacific Shared Gateway
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for Tencent COS API.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: TencentCOS
- Type: string
- Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "cos.ap-beijing.myqcloud.com" - "cos.ap-beijing.myqcloud.com"
- Beijing Region - Beijing Region
@ -1049,14 +1161,68 @@ Endpoint for Tencent COS API.
#### --s3-endpoint #### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for RackCorp Object Storage.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: RackCorp
- Type: string
- Required: false
- Examples:
- "s3.rackcorp.com"
- Global (AnyCast) Endpoint
- "au.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Australia (Anycast) Endpoint
- "au-nsw.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Sydney (Australia) Endpoint
- "au-qld.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Brisbane (Australia) Endpoint
- "au-vic.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Melbourne (Australia) Endpoint
- "au-wa.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Perth (Australia) Endpoint
- "ph.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Manila (Philippines) Endpoint
- "th.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Bangkok (Thailand) Endpoint
- "hk.s3.rackcorp.com"
- HK (Hong Kong) Endpoint
- "mn.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Ulaanbaatar (Mongolia) Endpoint
- "kg.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Bishkek (Kyrgyzstan) Endpoint
- "id.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Jakarta (Indonesia) Endpoint
- "jp.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Tokyo (Japan) Endpoint
- "sg.s3.rackcorp.com"
- SG (Singapore) Endpoint
- "de.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Frankfurt (Germany) Endpoint
- "us.s3.rackcorp.com"
- USA (AnyCast) Endpoint
- "us-east-1.s3.rackcorp.com"
- New York (USA) Endpoint
- "us-west-1.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Freemont (USA) Endpoint
- "nz.s3.rackcorp.com"
- Auckland (New Zealand) Endpoint
#### --s3-endpoint
Endpoint for S3 API. Endpoint for S3 API.
Required when using an S3 clone. Required when using an S3 clone.
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
- Provider: !AWS,IBMCOS,TencentCOS,Alibaba,Scaleway,StackPath,Storj,RackCorp
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "objects-us-east-1.dream.io" - "objects-us-east-1.dream.io"
- Dream Objects endpoint - Dream Objects endpoint
@ -1068,6 +1234,12 @@ Required when using an S3 clone.
- Digital Ocean Spaces Singapore 1 - Digital Ocean Spaces Singapore 1
- "localhost:8333" - "localhost:8333"
- SeaweedFS S3 localhost - SeaweedFS S3 localhost
- "s3.us-east-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com"
- Seagate Lyve Cloud US East 1 (Virginia)
- "s3.us-west-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com"
- Seagate Lyve Cloud US West 1 (California)
- "s3.ap-southeast-1.lyvecloud.seagate.com"
- Seagate Lyve Cloud AP Southeast 1 (Singapore)
- "s3.wasabisys.com" - "s3.wasabisys.com"
- Wasabi US East endpoint - Wasabi US East endpoint
- "s3.us-west-1.wasabisys.com" - "s3.us-west-1.wasabisys.com"
@ -1085,10 +1257,13 @@ Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Used when creating buckets only. Used when creating buckets only.
Properties:
- Config: location_constraint - Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Provider: AWS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest - Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia, or Pacific Northwest
@ -1147,10 +1322,13 @@ Location constraint - must match endpoint when using IBM Cloud Public.
For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter. For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter.
Properties:
- Config: location_constraint - Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Provider: IBMCOS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "us-standard" - "us-standard"
- US Cross Region Standard - US Cross Region Standard
@ -1219,14 +1397,69 @@ For on-prem COS, do not make a selection from this list, hit enter.
#### --s3-location-constraint #### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - the location where your bucket will be located and your data stored.
Properties:
- Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Provider: RackCorp
- Type: string
- Required: false
- Examples:
- "global"
- Global CDN Region
- "au"
- Australia (All locations)
- "au-nsw"
- NSW (Australia) Region
- "au-qld"
- QLD (Australia) Region
- "au-vic"
- VIC (Australia) Region
- "au-wa"
- Perth (Australia) Region
- "ph"
- Manila (Philippines) Region
- "th"
- Bangkok (Thailand) Region
- "hk"
- HK (Hong Kong) Region
- "mn"
- Ulaanbaatar (Mongolia) Region
- "kg"
- Bishkek (Kyrgyzstan) Region
- "id"
- Jakarta (Indonesia) Region
- "jp"
- Tokyo (Japan) Region
- "sg"
- SG (Singapore) Region
- "de"
- Frankfurt (Germany) Region
- "us"
- USA (AnyCast) Region
- "us-east-1"
- New York (USA) Region
- "us-west-1"
- Freemont (USA) Region
- "nz"
- Auckland (New Zealand) Region
#### --s3-location-constraint
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only. Leave blank if not sure. Used when creating buckets only.
Properties:
- Config: location_constraint - Config: location_constraint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LOCATION_CONSTRAINT
- Provider: !AWS,IBMCOS,Alibaba,RackCorp,Scaleway,StackPath,Storj,TencentCOS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-acl #### --s3-acl
@ -1239,10 +1472,13 @@ For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview
Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3 Note that this ACL is applied when server-side copying objects as S3
doesn't copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one. doesn't copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
Properties:
- Config: acl - Config: acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ACL
- Provider: !Storj
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "default" - "default"
- Owner gets Full_CONTROL. - Owner gets Full_CONTROL.
@ -1289,10 +1525,13 @@ doesn't copy the ACL from the source but rather writes a fresh one.
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Properties:
- Config: server_side_encryption - Config: server_side_encryption
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION
- Provider: AWS,Ceph,Minio
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- None - None
@ -1305,10 +1544,13 @@ The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key. If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
Properties:
- Config: sse_kms_key_id - Config: sse_kms_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_KMS_KEY_ID
- Provider: AWS,Ceph,Minio
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- None - None
@ -1319,10 +1561,13 @@ If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3. The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
Properties:
- Config: storage_class - Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Provider: AWS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Default - Default
@ -1347,10 +1592,13 @@ The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS. The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.
Properties:
- Config: storage_class - Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Provider: Alibaba
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Default - Default
@ -1365,10 +1613,13 @@ The storage class to use when storing new objects in OSS.
The storage class to use when storing new objects in Tencent COS. The storage class to use when storing new objects in Tencent COS.
Properties:
- Config: storage_class - Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Provider: TencentCOS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Default - Default
@ -1383,10 +1634,13 @@ The storage class to use when storing new objects in Tencent COS.
The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3. The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
Properties:
- Config: storage_class - Config: storage_class
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_STORAGE_CLASS
- Provider: Scaleway
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Default. - Default.
@ -1399,7 +1653,7 @@ The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
Here are the advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, SeaweedFS, and Tencent COS). Here are the advanced options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Providers including AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Lyve Cloud, Minio, RackCorp, SeaweedFS, and Tencent COS).
#### --s3-bucket-acl #### --s3-bucket-acl
@ -1410,10 +1664,12 @@ For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview
Note that this ACL is applied when only when creating buckets. If it Note that this ACL is applied when only when creating buckets. If it
isn't set then "acl" is used instead. isn't set then "acl" is used instead.
Properties:
- Config: bucket_acl - Config: bucket_acl
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_BUCKET_ACL - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_BUCKET_ACL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "private" - "private"
- Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. - Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
@ -1433,8 +1689,11 @@ isn't set then "acl" is used instead.
Enables requester pays option when interacting with S3 bucket. Enables requester pays option when interacting with S3 bucket.
Properties:
- Config: requester_pays - Config: requester_pays
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REQUESTER_PAYS - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_REQUESTER_PAYS
- Provider: AWS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
- Default: false - Default: false
@ -1442,10 +1701,13 @@ Enables requester pays option when interacting with S3 bucket.
If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3. If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
Properties:
- Config: sse_customer_algorithm - Config: sse_customer_algorithm
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
- Provider: AWS,Ceph,Minio
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- None - None
@ -1456,10 +1718,13 @@ If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this obje
If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data. If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
Properties:
- Config: sse_customer_key - Config: sse_customer_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
- Provider: AWS,Ceph,Minio
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- None - None
@ -1471,10 +1736,13 @@ If using SSE-C you may provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum (optional)
If you leave it blank, this is calculated automatically from the sse_customer_key provided. If you leave it blank, this is calculated automatically from the sse_customer_key provided.
Properties:
- Config: sse_customer_key_md5 - Config: sse_customer_key_md5
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5 - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5
- Provider: AWS,Ceph,Minio
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- None - None
@ -1486,6 +1754,8 @@ Cutoff for switching to chunked upload.
Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -1515,6 +1785,8 @@ most 10,000 chunks, this means that by default the maximum size of
a file you can stream upload is 48 GiB. If you wish to stream upload a file you can stream upload is 48 GiB. If you wish to stream upload
larger files then you will need to increase chunk_size. larger files then you will need to increase chunk_size.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -1534,6 +1806,8 @@ Rclone will automatically increase the chunk size when uploading a
large file of a known size to stay below this number of chunks limit. large file of a known size to stay below this number of chunks limit.
Properties:
- Config: max_upload_parts - Config: max_upload_parts
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MAX_UPLOAD_PARTS - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MAX_UPLOAD_PARTS
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -1548,6 +1822,8 @@ copied in chunks of this size.
The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5 GiB.
Properties:
- Config: copy_cutoff - Config: copy_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_COPY_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_COPY_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -1562,6 +1838,8 @@ uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
to start uploading. to start uploading.
Properties:
- Config: disable_checksum - Config: disable_checksum
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1581,10 +1859,12 @@ it will default to the current user's home directory.
Windows: "%USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials" Windows: "%USERPROFILE%\.aws\credentials"
Properties:
- Config: shared_credentials_file - Config: shared_credentials_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SHARED_CREDENTIALS_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-profile #### --s3-profile
@ -1597,19 +1877,23 @@ If empty it will default to the environment variable "AWS_PROFILE" or
"default" if that environment variable is also not set. "default" if that environment variable is also not set.
Properties:
- Config: profile - Config: profile
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROFILE - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_PROFILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-session-token #### --s3-session-token
An AWS session token. An AWS session token.
Properties:
- Config: session_token - Config: session_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SESSION_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-upload-concurrency #### --s3-upload-concurrency
@ -1622,6 +1906,8 @@ If you are uploading small numbers of large files over high-speed links
and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing and these uploads do not fully utilize your bandwidth, then increasing
this may help to speed up the transfers. this may help to speed up the transfers.
Properties:
- Config: upload_concurrency - Config: upload_concurrency
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_UPLOAD_CONCURRENCY
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -1640,6 +1926,8 @@ Some providers (e.g. AWS, Aliyun OSS, Netease COS, or Tencent COS) require this
false - rclone will do this automatically based on the provider false - rclone will do this automatically based on the provider
setting. setting.
Properties:
- Config: force_path_style - Config: force_path_style
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_FORCE_PATH_STYLE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1654,6 +1942,8 @@ If it is set then rclone will use v2 authentication.
Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, e.g. pre Jewel/v10 CEPH. Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, e.g. pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
Properties:
- Config: v2_auth - Config: v2_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_V2_AUTH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1665,8 +1955,11 @@ If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
See: [AWS S3 Transfer acceleration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html) See: [AWS S3 Transfer acceleration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html)
Properties:
- Config: use_accelerate_endpoint - Config: use_accelerate_endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCELERATE_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_ACCELERATE_ENDPOINT
- Provider: AWS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
- Default: false - Default: false
@ -1679,8 +1972,11 @@ It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards space usage on S3 and will add additional costs if not cleaned up. WARNING: Storing parts of an incomplete multipart upload counts towards space usage on S3 and will add additional costs if not cleaned up.
Properties:
- Config: leave_parts_on_error - Config: leave_parts_on_error
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
- Provider: AWS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
- Default: false - Default: false
@ -1694,11 +1990,53 @@ In AWS S3 this is a global maximum and cannot be changed, see [AWS S3](https://d
In Ceph, this can be increased with the "rgw list buckets max chunk" option. In Ceph, this can be increased with the "rgw list buckets max chunk" option.
Properties:
- Config: list_chunk - Config: list_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_CHUNK
- Type: int - Type: int
- Default: 1000 - Default: 1000
#### --s3-list-version
Version of ListObjects to use: 1,2 or 0 for auto.
When S3 originally launched it only provided the ListObjects call to
enumerate objects in a bucket.
However in May 2016 the ListObjectsV2 call was introduced. This is
much higher performance and should be used if at all possible.
If set to the default, 0, rclone will guess according to the provider
set which list objects method to call. If it guesses wrong, then it
may be set manually here.
Properties:
- Config: list_version
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_VERSION
- Type: int
- Default: 0
#### --s3-list-url-encode
Whether to url encode listings: true/false/unset
Some providers support URL encoding listings and where this is
available this is more reliable when using control characters in file
names. If this is set to unset (the default) then rclone will choose
according to the provider setting what to apply, but you can override
rclone's choice here.
Properties:
- Config: list_url_encode
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_LIST_URL_ENCODE
- Type: Tristate
- Default: unset
#### --s3-no-check-bucket #### --s3-no-check-bucket
If set, don't attempt to check the bucket exists or create it. If set, don't attempt to check the bucket exists or create it.
@ -1711,6 +2049,8 @@ creation permissions. Before v1.52.0 this would have passed silently
due to a bug. due to a bug.
Properties:
- Config: no_check_bucket - Config: no_check_bucket
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_CHECK_BUCKET - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_CHECK_BUCKET
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1748,6 +2088,8 @@ operation. In practice the chance of an undetected upload failure is
very small even with this flag. very small even with this flag.
Properties:
- Config: no_head - Config: no_head
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_HEAD - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_HEAD
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1757,6 +2099,8 @@ very small even with this flag.
If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects. If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects.
Properties:
- Config: no_head_object - Config: no_head_object
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_HEAD_OBJECT - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_NO_HEAD_OBJECT
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1764,10 +2108,12 @@ If set, do not do HEAD before GET when getting objects.
#### --s3-encoding #### --s3-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder
@ -1780,6 +2126,8 @@ How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations. Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations.
This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool. This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
Properties:
- Config: memory_pool_flush_time - Config: memory_pool_flush_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration
@ -1789,6 +2137,8 @@ This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool. Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
Properties:
- Config: memory_pool_use_mmap - Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1806,6 +2156,8 @@ See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/4673, https://github.com/rclone/rcl
Properties:
- Config: disable_http2 - Config: disable_http2
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_HTTP2 - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_HTTP2
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -1817,10 +2169,26 @@ Custom endpoint for downloads.
This is usually set to a CloudFront CDN URL as AWS S3 offers This is usually set to a CloudFront CDN URL as AWS S3 offers
cheaper egress for data downloaded through the CloudFront network. cheaper egress for data downloaded through the CloudFront network.
Properties:
- Config: download_url - Config: download_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DOWNLOAD_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DOWNLOAD_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --s3-use-multipart-etag
Whether to use ETag in multipart uploads for verification
This should be true, false or left unset to use the default for the provider.
Properties:
- Config: use_multipart_etag
- Env Var: RCLONE_S3_USE_MULTIPART_ETAG
- Type: Tristate
- Default: unset
## Backend commands ## Backend commands
@ -1836,7 +2204,7 @@ See [the "rclone backend" command](/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
info on how to pass options and arguments. info on how to pass options and arguments.
These can be run on a running backend using the rc command These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
[backend/command](/rc/#backend/command). [backend/command](/rc/#backend-command).
### restore ### restore

32
docs/content/seafile.md
View File

@ -272,10 +272,12 @@ Here are the standard options specific to seafile (seafile).
URL of seafile host to connect to. URL of seafile host to connect to.
Properties:
- Config: url - Config: url
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
- Examples: - Examples:
- "https://cloud.seafile.com/" - "https://cloud.seafile.com/"
- Connect to cloud.seafile.com. - Connect to cloud.seafile.com.
@ -284,10 +286,12 @@ URL of seafile host to connect to.
User name (usually email address). User name (usually email address).
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --seafile-pass #### --seafile-pass
@ -295,15 +299,19 @@ Password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: pass - Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --seafile-2fa #### --seafile-2fa
Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled). Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled).
Properties:
- Config: 2fa - Config: 2fa
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -315,10 +323,12 @@ Name of the library.
Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
Properties:
- Config: library - Config: library
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --seafile-library-key #### --seafile-library-key
@ -328,19 +338,23 @@ Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: library_key - Config: library_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --seafile-auth-token #### --seafile-auth-token
Authentication token. Authentication token.
Properties:
- Config: auth_token - Config: auth_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -350,6 +364,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).
Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist. Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist.
Properties:
- Config: create_library - Config: create_library
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -357,10 +373,12 @@ Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist.
#### --seafile-encoding #### --seafile-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

84
docs/content/sftp.md
View File

@ -267,28 +267,34 @@ SSH host to connect to.
E.g. "example.com". E.g. "example.com".
Properties:
- Config: host - Config: host
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_HOST
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --sftp-user #### --sftp-user
SSH username, leave blank for current username, $USER. SSH username.
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Default: "$USER"
#### --sftp-port #### --sftp-port
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22). SSH port number.
Properties:
- Config: port - Config: port
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PORT - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PORT
- Type: string - Type: int
- Default: "" - Default: 22
#### --sftp-pass #### --sftp-pass
@ -296,10 +302,12 @@ SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: pass - Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-key-pem #### --sftp-key-pem
@ -307,10 +315,12 @@ Raw PEM-encoded private key.
If specified, will override key_file parameter. If specified, will override key_file parameter.
Properties:
- Config: key_pem - Config: key_pem
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-key-file #### --sftp-key-file
@ -320,10 +330,12 @@ Leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`. Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`.
Properties:
- Config: key_file - Config: key_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-key-file-pass #### --sftp-key-file-pass
@ -334,10 +346,12 @@ in the new OpenSSH format can't be used.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: key_file_pass - Config: key_file_pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_FILE_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-pubkey-file #### --sftp-pubkey-file
@ -347,10 +361,12 @@ Set this if you have a signed certificate you want to use for authentication.
Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`. Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`.
Properties:
- Config: pubkey_file - Config: pubkey_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PUBKEY_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PUBKEY_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-key-use-agent #### --sftp-key-use-agent
@ -360,6 +376,8 @@ When key-file is also set, the ".pub" file of the specified key-file is read and
requested from the ssh-agent. This allows to avoid `Too many authentication failures for *username*` errors requested from the ssh-agent. This allows to avoid `Too many authentication failures for *username*` errors
when the ssh-agent contains many keys. when the ssh-agent contains many keys.
Properties:
- Config: key_use_agent - Config: key_use_agent
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_USE_AGENT - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_USE_AGENT
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -380,6 +398,8 @@ This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
Those algorithms are insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker. Those algorithms are insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
Properties:
- Config: use_insecure_cipher - Config: use_insecure_cipher
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_INSECURE_CIPHER - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_INSECURE_CIPHER
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -396,6 +416,8 @@ Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is ava
Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true to disable hashing. Leave blank or set to false to enable hashing (recommended), set to true to disable hashing.
Properties:
- Config: disable_hashcheck - Config: disable_hashcheck
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_HASHCHECK - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_HASHCHECK
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -413,10 +435,12 @@ Set this value to enable server host key validation.
Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`. Leading `~` will be expanded in the file name as will environment variables such as `${RCLONE_CONFIG_DIR}`.
Properties:
- Config: known_hosts_file - Config: known_hosts_file
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KNOWN_HOSTS_FILE - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KNOWN_HOSTS_FILE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "~/.ssh/known_hosts" - "~/.ssh/known_hosts"
- Use OpenSSH's known_hosts file. - Use OpenSSH's known_hosts file.
@ -430,6 +454,8 @@ If this is set and no password is supplied then rclone will:
- not contact the ssh agent - not contact the ssh agent
Properties:
- Config: ask_password - Config: ask_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_ASK_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_ASK_PASSWORD
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -444,21 +470,25 @@ different. This issue affects among others Synology NAS boxes.
Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes Shared folders can be found in directories representing volumes
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --ssh-path-override /volume2/directory rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/directory --sftp-path-override /volume2/directory
Home directory can be found in a shared folder called "home" Home directory can be found in a shared folder called "home"
rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --ssh-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:/home/directory --sftp-path-override /volume1/homes/USER/directory
Properties:
- Config: path_override - Config: path_override
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PATH_OVERRIDE - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PATH_OVERRIDE
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-set-modtime #### --sftp-set-modtime
Set the modified time on the remote if set. Set the modified time on the remote if set.
Properties:
- Config: set_modtime - Config: set_modtime
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_MODTIME - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SET_MODTIME
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -470,10 +500,12 @@ The command used to read md5 hashes.
Leave blank for autodetect. Leave blank for autodetect.
Properties:
- Config: md5sum_command - Config: md5sum_command
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_MD5SUM_COMMAND - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_MD5SUM_COMMAND
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-sha1sum-command #### --sftp-sha1sum-command
@ -481,15 +513,19 @@ The command used to read sha1 hashes.
Leave blank for autodetect. Leave blank for autodetect.
Properties:
- Config: sha1sum_command - Config: sha1sum_command
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SHA1SUM_COMMAND - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SHA1SUM_COMMAND
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-skip-links #### --sftp-skip-links
Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files. Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
Properties:
- Config: skip_links - Config: skip_links
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SKIP_LINKS - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SKIP_LINKS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -499,6 +535,8 @@ Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
Specifies the SSH2 subsystem on the remote host. Specifies the SSH2 subsystem on the remote host.
Properties:
- Config: subsystem - Config: subsystem
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SUBSYSTEM - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SUBSYSTEM
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -510,10 +548,12 @@ Specifies the path or command to run a sftp server on the remote host.
The subsystem option is ignored when server_command is defined. The subsystem option is ignored when server_command is defined.
Properties:
- Config: server_command - Config: server_command
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SERVER_COMMAND - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_SERVER_COMMAND
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sftp-use-fstat #### --sftp-use-fstat
@ -528,6 +568,8 @@ It has been found that this helps with IBM Sterling SFTP servers which have
any given time. any given time.
Properties:
- Config: use_fstat - Config: use_fstat
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_FSTAT - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_USE_FSTAT
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -551,6 +593,8 @@ Then you may need to enable this flag.
If concurrent reads are disabled, the use_fstat option is ignored. If concurrent reads are disabled, the use_fstat option is ignored.
Properties:
- Config: disable_concurrent_reads - Config: disable_concurrent_reads
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_CONCURRENT_READS - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_CONCURRENT_READS
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -566,6 +610,8 @@ the performance greatly, especially for distant servers.
This option disables concurrent writes should that be necessary. This option disables concurrent writes should that be necessary.
Properties:
- Config: disable_concurrent_writes - Config: disable_concurrent_writes
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_CONCURRENT_WRITES - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_DISABLE_CONCURRENT_WRITES
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -581,6 +627,8 @@ given, rclone will empty the connection pool.
Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely. Set to 0 to keep connections indefinitely.
Properties:
- Config: idle_timeout - Config: idle_timeout
- Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT - Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_IDLE_TIMEOUT
- Type: Duration - Type: Duration

16
docs/content/sharefile.md
View File

@ -159,10 +159,12 @@ ID of the root folder.
Leave blank to access "Personal Folders". You can use one of the Leave blank to access "Personal Folders". You can use one of the
standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID). standard values here or any folder ID (long hex number ID).
Properties:
- Config: root_folder_id - Config: root_folder_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Access the Personal Folders (default). - Access the Personal Folders (default).
@ -183,6 +185,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. Cutoff for switching to multipart upload.
Properties:
- Config: upload_cutoff - Config: upload_cutoff
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF - Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_UPLOAD_CUTOFF
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -199,6 +203,8 @@ is buffered in memory one per transfer.
Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance. Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -212,17 +218,21 @@ This is usually auto discovered as part of the oauth process, but can
be set manually to something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com be set manually to something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com
Properties:
- Config: endpoint - Config: endpoint
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENDPOINT - Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENDPOINT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sharefile-encoding #### --sharefile-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

12
docs/content/sia.md
View File

@ -141,6 +141,8 @@ Sia daemon API URL, like http://sia.daemon.host:9980.
Note that siad must run with --disable-api-security to open API port for other hosts (not recommended). Note that siad must run with --disable-api-security to open API port for other hosts (not recommended).
Keep default if Sia daemon runs on localhost. Keep default if Sia daemon runs on localhost.
Properties:
- Config: api_url - Config: api_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_API_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_API_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -154,10 +156,12 @@ Can be found in the apipassword file located in HOME/.sia/ or in the daemon dire
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: api_password - Config: api_password
- Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_API_PASSWORD - Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_API_PASSWORD
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -169,6 +173,8 @@ Siad User Agent
Sia daemon requires the 'Sia-Agent' user agent by default for security Sia daemon requires the 'Sia-Agent' user agent by default for security
Properties:
- Config: user_agent - Config: user_agent
- Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_USER_AGENT - Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_USER_AGENT
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -176,10 +182,12 @@ Sia daemon requires the 'Sia-Agent' user agent by default for security
#### --sia-encoding #### --sia-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_SIA_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

20
docs/content/storj.md
View File

@ -221,6 +221,8 @@ Here are the standard options specific to storj (Storj Decentralized Cloud Stora
Choose an authentication method. Choose an authentication method.
Properties:
- Config: provider - Config: provider
- Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_PROVIDER - Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_PROVIDER
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -235,10 +237,13 @@ Choose an authentication method.
Access grant. Access grant.
Properties:
- Config: access_grant - Config: access_grant
- Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_ACCESS_GRANT - Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_ACCESS_GRANT
- Provider: existing
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --storj-satellite-address #### --storj-satellite-address
@ -246,8 +251,11 @@ Satellite address.
Custom satellite address should match the format: `<nodeid>@<address>:<port>`. Custom satellite address should match the format: `<nodeid>@<address>:<port>`.
Properties:
- Config: satellite_address - Config: satellite_address
- Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_SATELLITE_ADDRESS - Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_SATELLITE_ADDRESS
- Provider: new
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "us-central-1.storj.io" - Default: "us-central-1.storj.io"
- Examples: - Examples:
@ -262,10 +270,13 @@ Custom satellite address should match the format: `<nodeid>@<address>:<port>`.
API key. API key.
Properties:
- Config: api_key - Config: api_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_API_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_API_KEY
- Provider: new
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --storj-passphrase #### --storj-passphrase
@ -273,10 +284,13 @@ Encryption passphrase.
To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
Properties:
- Config: passphrase - Config: passphrase
- Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_PASSPHRASE - Env Var: RCLONE_STORJ_PASSPHRASE
- Provider: new
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
{{< rem autogenerated options stop >}} {{< rem autogenerated options stop >}}

42
docs/content/sugarsync.md
View File

@ -131,10 +131,12 @@ Sugarsync App ID.
Leave blank to use rclone's. Leave blank to use rclone's.
Properties:
- Config: app_id - Config: app_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_APP_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_APP_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-access-key-id #### --sugarsync-access-key-id
@ -142,10 +144,12 @@ Sugarsync Access Key ID.
Leave blank to use rclone's. Leave blank to use rclone's.
Properties:
- Config: access_key_id - Config: access_key_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ACCESS_KEY_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ACCESS_KEY_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-private-access-key #### --sugarsync-private-access-key
@ -153,16 +157,20 @@ Sugarsync Private Access Key.
Leave blank to use rclone's. Leave blank to use rclone's.
Properties:
- Config: private_access_key - Config: private_access_key
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_PRIVATE_ACCESS_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_PRIVATE_ACCESS_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-hard-delete #### --sugarsync-hard-delete
Permanently delete files if true Permanently delete files if true
otherwise put them in the deleted files. otherwise put them in the deleted files.
Properties:
- Config: hard_delete - Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_HARD_DELETE - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -178,10 +186,12 @@ Sugarsync refresh token.
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone. Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
Properties:
- Config: refresh_token - Config: refresh_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_REFRESH_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_REFRESH_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-authorization #### --sugarsync-authorization
@ -189,10 +199,12 @@ Sugarsync authorization.
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone. Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
Properties:
- Config: authorization - Config: authorization
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-authorization-expiry #### --sugarsync-authorization-expiry
@ -200,10 +212,12 @@ Sugarsync authorization expiry.
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone. Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
Properties:
- Config: authorization_expiry - Config: authorization_expiry
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION_EXPIRY - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_AUTHORIZATION_EXPIRY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-user #### --sugarsync-user
@ -211,10 +225,12 @@ Sugarsync user.
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone. Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-root-id #### --sugarsync-root-id
@ -222,10 +238,12 @@ Sugarsync root id.
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone. Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
Properties:
- Config: root_id - Config: root_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ROOT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ROOT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-deleted-id #### --sugarsync-deleted-id
@ -233,17 +251,21 @@ Sugarsync deleted folder id.
Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone. Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
Properties:
- Config: deleted_id - Config: deleted_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_DELETED_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_DELETED_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --sugarsync-encoding #### --sugarsync-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

76
docs/content/swift.md
View File

@ -251,6 +251,8 @@ Here are the standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Clou
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form. Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
Properties:
- Config: env_auth - Config: env_auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENV_AUTH - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENV_AUTH
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -266,28 +268,34 @@ Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME). User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-key #### --swift-key
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD). API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
Properties:
- Config: key - Config: key
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_KEY - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_KEY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-auth #### --swift-auth
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL). Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
Properties:
- Config: auth - Config: auth
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0" - "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
- Rackspace US - Rackspace US
@ -306,105 +314,129 @@ Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID). User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
Properties:
- Config: user_id - Config: user_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_USER_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-domain #### --swift-domain
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME) User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
Properties:
- Config: domain - Config: domain
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DOMAIN - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_DOMAIN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-tenant #### --swift-tenant
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME). Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME).
Properties:
- Config: tenant - Config: tenant
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-tenant-id #### --swift-tenant-id
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID). Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID).
Properties:
- Config: tenant_id - Config: tenant_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-tenant-domain #### --swift-tenant-domain
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME). Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME).
Properties:
- Config: tenant_domain - Config: tenant_domain
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_DOMAIN - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_TENANT_DOMAIN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-region #### --swift-region
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME). Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME).
Properties:
- Config: region - Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_REGION - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_REGION
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-storage-url #### --swift-storage-url
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL). Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL).
Properties:
- Config: storage_url - Config: storage_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-auth-token #### --swift-auth-token
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN). Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN).
Properties:
- Config: auth_token - Config: auth_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-application-credential-id #### --swift-application-credential-id
Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID). Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID).
Properties:
- Config: application_credential_id - Config: application_credential_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-application-credential-name #### --swift-application-credential-name
Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME). Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME).
Properties:
- Config: application_credential_name - Config: application_credential_name
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-application-credential-secret #### --swift-application-credential-secret
Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET). Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET).
Properties:
- Config: application_credential_secret - Config: application_credential_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --swift-auth-version #### --swift-auth-version
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION). AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION).
Properties:
- Config: auth_version - Config: auth_version
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_VERSION - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_AUTH_VERSION
- Type: int - Type: int
@ -414,6 +446,8 @@ AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE). Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE).
Properties:
- Config: endpoint_type - Config: endpoint_type
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENDPOINT_TYPE - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENDPOINT_TYPE
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -435,10 +469,12 @@ container. The policy cannot be changed afterwards. The allowed
configuration values and their meaning depend on your Swift storage configuration values and their meaning depend on your Swift storage
provider. provider.
Properties:
- Config: storage_policy - Config: storage_policy
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_POLICY - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_STORAGE_POLICY
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "" - ""
- Default - Default
@ -457,6 +493,8 @@ If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure.
It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions. It should be set to true for resuming uploads across different sessions.
Properties:
- Config: leave_parts_on_error - Config: leave_parts_on_error
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_LEAVE_PARTS_ON_ERROR
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -469,6 +507,8 @@ Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.
Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The
default for this is 5 GiB which is its maximum value. default for this is 5 GiB which is its maximum value.
Properties:
- Config: chunk_size - Config: chunk_size
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_CHUNK_SIZE - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_CHUNK_SIZE
- Type: SizeSuffix - Type: SizeSuffix
@ -487,6 +527,8 @@ files are easier to deal with and have an MD5SUM.
Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal Rclone will still chunk files bigger than chunk_size when doing normal
copy operations. copy operations.
Properties:
- Config: no_chunk - Config: no_chunk
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_NO_CHUNK - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_NO_CHUNK
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -494,10 +536,12 @@ copy operations.
#### --swift-encoding #### --swift-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

12
docs/content/union.md
View File

@ -182,15 +182,19 @@ List of space separated upstreams.
Can be 'upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:', '"upstreama:test/space:ro dir" upstreamb:', etc. Can be 'upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:', '"upstreama:test/space:ro dir" upstreamb:', etc.
Properties:
- Config: upstreams - Config: upstreams
- Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS - Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --union-action-policy #### --union-action-policy
Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category. Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.
Properties:
- Config: action_policy - Config: action_policy
- Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY - Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -200,6 +204,8 @@ Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.
Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category. Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.
Properties:
- Config: create_policy - Config: create_policy
- Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY - Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -209,6 +215,8 @@ Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.
Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category. Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category.
Properties:
- Config: search_policy - Config: search_policy
- Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY - Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY
- Type: string - Type: string
@ -220,6 +228,8 @@ Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds).
This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used. This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
Properties:
- Config: cache_time - Config: cache_time
- Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME - Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME
- Type: int - Type: int

8
docs/content/uptobox.md
View File

@ -109,10 +109,12 @@ Your access token.
Get it from https://uptobox.com/my_account. Get it from https://uptobox.com/my_account.
Properties:
- Config: access_token - Config: access_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_ACCESS_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_ACCESS_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -120,10 +122,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to uptobox (Uptobox).
#### --uptobox-encoding #### --uptobox-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_UPTOBOX_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

34
docs/content/webdav.md
View File

@ -118,19 +118,23 @@ URL of http host to connect to.
E.g. https://example.com. E.g. https://example.com.
Properties:
- Config: url - Config: url
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: true
#### --webdav-vendor #### --webdav-vendor
Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using. Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using.
Properties:
- Config: vendor - Config: vendor
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_VENDOR - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_VENDOR
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "nextcloud" - "nextcloud"
- Nextcloud - Nextcloud
@ -149,10 +153,12 @@ User name.
In case NTLM authentication is used, the username should be in the format 'Domain\User'. In case NTLM authentication is used, the username should be in the format 'Domain\User'.
Properties:
- Config: user - Config: user
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_USER - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_USER
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --webdav-pass #### --webdav-pass
@ -160,19 +166,23 @@ Password.
**NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/). **NB** Input to this must be obscured - see [rclone obscure](/commands/rclone_obscure/).
Properties:
- Config: pass - Config: pass
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PASS - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_PASS
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --webdav-bearer-token #### --webdav-bearer-token
Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g. a Macaroon). Bearer token instead of user/pass (e.g. a Macaroon).
Properties:
- Config: bearer_token - Config: bearer_token
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -182,23 +192,27 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to webdav (Webdav).
Command to run to get a bearer token. Command to run to get a bearer token.
Properties:
- Config: bearer_token_command - Config: bearer_token_command
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN_COMMAND - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_BEARER_TOKEN_COMMAND
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --webdav-encoding #### --webdav-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Default encoding is Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8 for sharepoint-ntlm or identity otherwise. Default encoding is Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8 for sharepoint-ntlm or identity otherwise.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_ENCODING
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --webdav-headers #### --webdav-headers
@ -209,11 +223,13 @@ Use this to set additional HTTP headers for all transactions
The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard The input format is comma separated list of key,value pairs. Standard
[CSV encoding](https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used. [CSV encoding](https://godoc.org/encoding/csv) may be used.
For example to set a Cookie use 'Cookie,name=value', or '"Cookie","name=value"'. For example, to set a Cookie use 'Cookie,name=value', or '"Cookie","name=value"'.
You can set multiple headers, e.g. '"Cookie","name=value","Authorization","xxx"'. You can set multiple headers, e.g. '"Cookie","name=value","Authorization","xxx"'.
Properties:
- Config: headers - Config: headers
- Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_HEADERS - Env Var: RCLONE_WEBDAV_HEADERS
- Type: CommaSepList - Type: CommaSepList

26
docs/content/yandex.md
View File

@ -124,10 +124,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --yandex-client-secret #### --yandex-client-secret
@ -135,10 +137,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
### Advanced options ### Advanced options
@ -148,10 +152,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --yandex-auth-url #### --yandex-auth-url
@ -159,10 +165,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --yandex-token-url #### --yandex-token-url
@ -170,15 +178,19 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --yandex-hard-delete #### --yandex-hard-delete
Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash. Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
Properties:
- Config: hard_delete - Config: hard_delete
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_HARD_DELETE - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_HARD_DELETE
- Type: bool - Type: bool
@ -186,10 +198,12 @@ Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
#### --yandex-encoding #### --yandex-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

28
docs/content/zoho.md
View File

@ -135,10 +135,12 @@ OAuth Client Id.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_id - Config: client_id
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_CLIENT_ID - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_CLIENT_ID
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --zoho-client-secret #### --zoho-client-secret
@ -146,10 +148,12 @@ OAuth Client Secret.
Leave blank normally. Leave blank normally.
Properties:
- Config: client_secret - Config: client_secret
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_CLIENT_SECRET - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_CLIENT_SECRET
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --zoho-region #### --zoho-region
@ -159,10 +163,12 @@ You'll have to use the region your organization is registered in. If
not sure use the same top level domain as you connect to in your not sure use the same top level domain as you connect to in your
browser. browser.
Properties:
- Config: region - Config: region
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_REGION - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_REGION
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
- Examples: - Examples:
- "com" - "com"
- United states / Global - United states / Global
@ -181,10 +187,12 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to zoho (Zoho).
OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob. OAuth Access Token as a JSON blob.
Properties:
- Config: token - Config: token
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_TOKEN - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_TOKEN
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --zoho-auth-url #### --zoho-auth-url
@ -192,10 +200,12 @@ Auth server URL.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: auth_url - Config: auth_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_AUTH_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_AUTH_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --zoho-token-url #### --zoho-token-url
@ -203,17 +213,21 @@ Token server url.
Leave blank to use the provider defaults. Leave blank to use the provider defaults.
Properties:
- Config: token_url - Config: token_url
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_TOKEN_URL - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_TOKEN_URL
- Type: string - Type: string
- Default: "" - Required: false
#### --zoho-encoding #### --zoho-encoding
This sets the encoding for the backend. The encoding for the backend.
See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info. See the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
Properties:
- Config: encoding - Config: encoding
- Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_ENCODING - Env Var: RCLONE_ZOHO_ENCODING
- Type: MultiEncoder - Type: MultiEncoder

2
go.mod
View File

@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ require (
github.com/Azure/azure-storage-blob-go v0.14.0 github.com/Azure/azure-storage-blob-go v0.14.0
github.com/Azure/go-autorest/autorest/adal v0.9.17 github.com/Azure/go-autorest/autorest/adal v0.9.17
github.com/Azure/go-ntlmssp v0.0.0-20200615164410-66371956d46c github.com/Azure/go-ntlmssp v0.0.0-20200615164410-66371956d46c
github.com/Max-Sum/base32768 v0.0.0-20191205131208-7937843c71d5 // indirect github.com/Max-Sum/base32768 v0.0.0-20191205131208-7937843c71d5
github.com/Unknwon/goconfig v0.0.0-20200908083735-df7de6a44db8 github.com/Unknwon/goconfig v0.0.0-20200908083735-df7de6a44db8
github.com/a8m/tree v0.0.0-20210414114729-ce3525c5c2ef github.com/a8m/tree v0.0.0-20210414114729-ce3525c5c2ef
github.com/aalpar/deheap v0.0.0-20210914013432-0cc84d79dec3 github.com/aalpar/deheap v0.0.0-20210914013432-0cc84d79dec3

12
go.sum
View File

@ -510,8 +510,6 @@ github.com/pkg/errors v0.8.1/go.mod h1:bwawxfHBFNV+L2hUp1rHADufV3IMtnDRdf1r5NINE
github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1 h1:FEBLx1zS214owpjy7qsBeixbURkuhQAwrK5UwLGTwt4= github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1 h1:FEBLx1zS214owpjy7qsBeixbURkuhQAwrK5UwLGTwt4=
github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1/go.mod h1:bwawxfHBFNV+L2hUp1rHADufV3IMtnDRdf1r5NINEl0= github.com/pkg/errors v0.9.1/go.mod h1:bwawxfHBFNV+L2hUp1rHADufV3IMtnDRdf1r5NINEl0=
github.com/pkg/sftp v1.10.1/go.mod h1:lYOWFsE0bwd1+KfKJaKeuokY15vzFx25BLbzYYoAxZI= github.com/pkg/sftp v1.10.1/go.mod h1:lYOWFsE0bwd1+KfKJaKeuokY15vzFx25BLbzYYoAxZI=
github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.4 h1:Lb0RYJCmgUcBgZosfoi9Y9sbl6+LJgOIgk/2Y4YjMFg=
github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.4/go.mod h1:LzqnAvaD5TWeNBsZpfKxSYn1MbjWwOsCIAFFJbpIsK8=
github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.5-0.20211228200725-31aac3e1878d h1:7cHNeARnMq3icpbMdvyUELykWM4zOj5NRhH2Y3sfgBc= github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.5-0.20211228200725-31aac3e1878d h1:7cHNeARnMq3icpbMdvyUELykWM4zOj5NRhH2Y3sfgBc=
github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.5-0.20211228200725-31aac3e1878d/go.mod h1:wHDZ0IZX6JcBYRK1TH9bcVq8G7TLpVHYIGJRFnmPfxg= github.com/pkg/sftp v1.13.5-0.20211228200725-31aac3e1878d/go.mod h1:wHDZ0IZX6JcBYRK1TH9bcVq8G7TLpVHYIGJRFnmPfxg=
github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM= github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM=
@ -543,8 +541,6 @@ github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.7.3 h1:4jVXhlkAyzOScmCkXBTOLRLTz8EeU+eyjrwB/EPq0
github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.7.3/go.mod h1:cz+aTbrPOrUb4q7XlbU9ygM+/jj0fzG6c1xBZuNvfVA= github.com/prometheus/procfs v0.7.3/go.mod h1:cz+aTbrPOrUb4q7XlbU9ygM+/jj0fzG6c1xBZuNvfVA=
github.com/putdotio/go-putio/putio v0.0.0-20200123120452-16d982cac2b8 h1:Y258uzXU/potCYnQd1r6wlAnoMB68BiCkCcCnKx1SH8= github.com/putdotio/go-putio/putio v0.0.0-20200123120452-16d982cac2b8 h1:Y258uzXU/potCYnQd1r6wlAnoMB68BiCkCcCnKx1SH8=
github.com/putdotio/go-putio/putio v0.0.0-20200123120452-16d982cac2b8/go.mod h1:bSJjRokAHHOhA+XFxplld8w2R/dXLH7Z3BZ532vhFwU= github.com/putdotio/go-putio/putio v0.0.0-20200123120452-16d982cac2b8/go.mod h1:bSJjRokAHHOhA+XFxplld8w2R/dXLH7Z3BZ532vhFwU=
github.com/rclone/ftp v1.0.0-210902f h1:cm4OxC1S8JARRdEw+CYAyLxg4H+l84STHAdfmK7op2Q=
github.com/rclone/ftp v1.0.0-210902f/go.mod h1:2lmrmq866uF2tnje75wQHzmPXhmSWUt7Gyx2vgK1RCU=
github.com/rclone/ftp v1.0.0-210902h h1:e9rbDiTdorXRsRtUOdbr6asesJkYZQ9efy1ts5OEBb8= github.com/rclone/ftp v1.0.0-210902h h1:e9rbDiTdorXRsRtUOdbr6asesJkYZQ9efy1ts5OEBb8=
github.com/rclone/ftp v1.0.0-210902h/go.mod h1:GtHgnfXJAx17bmdVU8kiItiUNFkMbFt+sIg0SwAfyx0= github.com/rclone/ftp v1.0.0-210902h/go.mod h1:GtHgnfXJAx17bmdVU8kiItiUNFkMbFt+sIg0SwAfyx0=
github.com/rfjakob/eme v1.1.2 h1:SxziR8msSOElPayZNFfQw4Tjx/Sbaeeh3eRvrHVMUs4= github.com/rfjakob/eme v1.1.2 h1:SxziR8msSOElPayZNFfQw4Tjx/Sbaeeh3eRvrHVMUs4=
@ -708,12 +704,9 @@ golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20200622213623-75b288015ac9/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPh
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20201002170205-7f63de1d35b0/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20201002170205-7f63de1d35b0/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20201112155050-0c6587e931a9/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20201112155050-0c6587e931a9/go.mod h1:LzIPMQfyMNhhGPhUkYOs5KpL4U8rLKemX1yGLhDgUto=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210415154028-4f45737414dc/go.mod h1:T9bdIzuCu7OtxOm1hfPfRQxPLYneinmdGuTeoZ9dtd4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210415154028-4f45737414dc/go.mod h1:T9bdIzuCu7OtxOm1hfPfRQxPLYneinmdGuTeoZ9dtd4=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210421170649-83a5a9bb288b/go.mod h1:T9bdIzuCu7OtxOm1hfPfRQxPLYneinmdGuTeoZ9dtd4=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210711020723-a769d52b0f97/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210711020723-a769d52b0f97/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210817164053-32db794688a5/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210817164053-32db794688a5/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210921155107-089bfa567519/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20210921155107-089bfa567519/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20211108221036-ceb1ce70b4fa h1:idItI2DDfCokpg0N51B2VtiLdJ4vAuXC9fnCb2gACo4=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20211108221036-ceb1ce70b4fa/go.mod h1:GvvjBRRGRdwPK5ydBHafDWAxML/pGHZbMvKqRZ5+Abc=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20211215153901-e495a2d5b3d3 h1:0es+/5331RGQPcXlMfP+WrnIIS6dNnNRe0WB02W0F4M= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20211215153901-e495a2d5b3d3 h1:0es+/5331RGQPcXlMfP+WrnIIS6dNnNRe0WB02W0F4M=
golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20211215153901-e495a2d5b3d3/go.mod h1:IxCIyHEi3zRg3s0A5j5BB6A9Jmi73HwBIUl50j+osU4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20211215153901-e495a2d5b3d3/go.mod h1:IxCIyHEi3zRg3s0A5j5BB6A9Jmi73HwBIUl50j+osU4=
golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA=
@ -804,8 +797,6 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210503060351-7fd8e65b6420/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qx
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210505024714-0287a6fb4125/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210505024714-0287a6fb4125/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210525063256-abc453219eb5/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210525063256-abc453219eb5/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210614182718-04defd469f4e/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20210614182718-04defd469f4e/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211109214657-ef0fda0de508 h1:v3NKo+t/Kc3EASxaKZ82lwK6mCf4ZeObQBduYFZHo7c=
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211109214657-ef0fda0de508/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2 h1:CIJ76btIcR3eFI5EgSo6k1qKw9KJexJuRLI9G7Hp5wE= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2 h1:CIJ76btIcR3eFI5EgSo6k1qKw9KJexJuRLI9G7Hp5wE=
golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20211112202133-69e39bad7dc2/go.mod h1:9nx3DQGgdP8bBQD5qxJ1jj9UTztislL4KSBs9R2vV5Y=
golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U=
@ -905,7 +896,6 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210330210617-4fbd30eecc44/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7w
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210403161142-5e06dd20ab57/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210403161142-5e06dd20ab57/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210415045647-66c3f260301c/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210415045647-66c3f260301c/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210423082822-04245dca01da/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210423082822-04245dca01da/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210423185535-09eb48e85fd7/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210510120138-977fb7262007/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210510120138-977fb7262007/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210514084401-e8d321eab015/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210514084401-e8d321eab015/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210603081109-ebe580a85c40/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210603081109-ebe580a85c40/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
@ -921,8 +911,6 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210908233432-aa78b53d3365/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBc
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210927094055-39ccf1dd6fa6/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20210927094055-39ccf1dd6fa6/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211013075003-97ac67df715c/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211013075003-97ac67df715c/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211025201205-69cdffdb9359/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211025201205-69cdffdb9359/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211109184856-51b60fd695b3 h1:T6tyxxvHMj2L1R2kZg0uNMpS8ZhB9lRa9XRGTCSA65w=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211109184856-51b60fd695b3/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211216021012-1d35b9e2eb4e h1:fLOSk5Q00efkSvAm+4xcoXD+RRmLmmulPn5I3Y9F2EM= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211216021012-1d35b9e2eb4e h1:fLOSk5Q00efkSvAm+4xcoXD+RRmLmmulPn5I3Y9F2EM=
golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211216021012-1d35b9e2eb4e/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20211216021012-1d35b9e2eb4e/go.mod h1:oPkhp1MJrh7nUepCBck5+mAzfO9JrbApNNgaTdGDITg=
golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo= golang.org/x/term v0.0.0-20201126162022-7de9c90e9dd1/go.mod h1:bj7SfCRtBDWHUb9snDiAeCFNEtKQo2Wmx5Cou7ajbmo=

22593
rclone.1 generated
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff